410
Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation June 2002

Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    11

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test SystemsSite PreparationJune 2002

Page 2: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1

Site Preparation – Legal Notices03066-90114 Rev. Z 06/2002

In this Chapter � Notice, 1

� U.S. Government Restricted Rights, 1

� Radiated Immunity, 2

� Overvoltage Category, 2

� Pollution Degree for Agilent 3070 / 79000 Systems, 2

� Insulation Rating for Wires Connected to Agilent 3070 / 79000 Systems, 2

� Acoustic Level for Agilent 3070 / 79000 Systems, 2

� Acknowledgements, 2

� 3070 Series I DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY according to ISO/IEC Guide 22 and EN 45014, 3

� 3070 Series II DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY according to ISO/IEC Guide 22 and EN 45014, 4

� 3070 Series 3 DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY according to ISO/IEC Guide 22 and EN 45014, 5

� 79000 / xDSL DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY according to ISO/IEC Guide 22 and EN 45014, 6

� Emergency Shutdown, 7

� Warranty, 8

� User Safety Symbols, 9

� Safety Symbols, 10

� Warnings, 11

NoticeThis manual is provided “as is” and is subject to change without notice.

AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES, INC. MAKES NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WITH REGARD TO THIS MATERIAL, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NONINFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Agilent shall not be liable for errors contained herein, nor for direct, indirect, general, special, incidental or consequential damages in connection with the furnishing, performance, or use of this material.

U.S. Government Restricted RightsThe Software and Documentation have been developed entirely at private expense. They are delivered and licensed as “commercial computer software” as defined in DFARS 252.227-7013 (Oct 1988), DFARS 252.211-7015 (May 1991) or DFARS 252.227-7014 (Jun 1995), as a “commercial item” as defined in FAR 2.101(a), or as “Restricted computer software” as defined in FAR 52.227-19 (Jun 1987) (or any equivalent agency regulation or contract clause), whichever is applicable. You have only those rights provided for such Software and Documentation by the applicable FAR or DFARS clause or the Agilent standard software agreement for the product involved.

Page 3: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 2

:

Radiated ImmunityWhen subjected to high RFI fields (greater than 1 V/m), reduced performance may be experienced when making low-level analog measurements.

Overvoltage CategoryAC Power Overvoltage Category: CAT III

Pollution Degree for Agilent 3070 / 79000 SystemsPollution Degree 2

Insulation Rating for Wires Connected to Agilent 3070 / 79000 SystemsUse only external wiring with insulation rated for the maximum voltage (Vrms, Vpk or Vdc) and temperature to which the wire may be subjected in a fault condition.

Example: The system is connected to a source whose output is set for 50 Vrms. The source could be set for as high as 300 Vrms, intentionally or unintentionally. Therefore, the external wiring connected between this source and the system must be rated for 300 Vrms.

Acoustic Level for Agilent 3070 / 79000 SystemsLpA = 69dBam Arbeitsplatz (operator’s position)normaler Betrieb nach EN27779: 1991

AcknowledgementsThe XWD i/o and GIF output routines are derived from Jef Poskanzer’s PBMplus package:© Copyright by Jef Poskanzer 1989

HP is a registered trademark of Hewlett-Packard Company.

Page 4: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 3

:

3070 Series I DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY according to ISO/IEC Guide 22 and EN 45014Manufacturer’s Name: Agilent Technologies, Inc.

Manufacturing Test DivisionManufacturer’s Address: 815 14th Street S.W.

Loveland, Colorado 80537Declares that the Product Name: 3070 (Series I) Board Test SystemsModel Numbers: 3070Product Options: AllConforms to the following Product Specifications:Safety: IEC 348:1978/HD 401 S1:1981

CSA 556BUL 1244Safety qualification performed August 1987

EMC: CISPR 11:1990/EN55011 (1991): Group 1, Class AIEC 801-2:1991/EN50082-1 (1992): 4kV CD, 8kV ADIEC 801-3:1984/EN50082-1 (1992): 3V/mIEC 801-4:1988/EN50082-1 (1992): 1kV Power Line, 0.5kV Signal Lines

Attestation is provided according to article 10 (2) of the Directive by a Technical Contruction File.Technical File Number: 97-0900-010-TCF Rev: A Dated: 25 February, 1997

Supplementary Information: This product also herewith complies with the requirements of the Low Voltage Directive 72/23/EEC and the protection requirements of the EMC Directive 89/336/EEC (inclusive 93/68/EEC) and carries the "CE" mark accordingly.A Technical Report/Certificate was issued in accordance with Part V (Reg 50) of the UK Regulations (SI 1992 No. 2372) by a UK-appointed Competent Body, namely,

Design to Distribution Limited Westfields House, West AvenueKidsgrove, Stoke-on-TrentStaffordshire, ST7 1TL United KingdomCertificate Number: D2D/EMC/CC/007/97 Dated: 10 March, 1997

March 25, 1997For further information contact your local Agilent Sales and Service office.

Page 5: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 4

:

3070 Series II DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY according to ISO/IEC Guide 22 and EN 45014Manufacturer’s Name: Agilent Technologies, Inc.

Manufacturing Test DivisionManufacturer’s Address: 815 14th Street S.W.

Loveland, Colorado 80537Declares that the Product Name: 3070 Series II Board Test SystemsModel Numbers: 3070, 72, 73, 75, 79 and 3170, 72, 73, 75, 79 and 3272, 73, 75, 79Product Options: AllConforms to the following Product Specifications:Safety: IEC 1010-1 (1990) Incl. Amend 1 (1992)/EN61010-1 (1993)

CSA C22.2 #1010.1 (1992)UL 1244

EMC: CISPR 11:1990/EN55011 (1991): Group 1, Class AIEC 801-2:1991/EN50082-1 (1992): 4kV CD, 8kV ADIEC 801-3:1984/EN50082-1 (1992): 3V/mIEC 801-4:1988/EN50082-1 (1992): 1kV Power Line, 0.5kV Signal Lines

Attestation is provided according to article 10 (2) of the Directive by a Technical Contruction File.Technical File Number: 95-0900-001-TCF Rev: A Dated: 31 March, 1995

Supplementary Information: This product also herewith complies with the requirements of the Low Voltage Directive 72/23/EEC and the EMC Directive 89/336/EEC (inclusive 93/68/EEC) and carries the "CE" mark accordingly.A Technical Report/Certificate has been issued in accordance with Part V (Reg 50) of the UK Regulations (SI 1992 No. 2372) by a UK-appointed Competent Body, namely,

Interference Technology International Limited 41-42 Shrivenham Hundred Business ParkShrivenham, Swindon, Wilts. SN6 8TZEngland, UKCertificate Number: ITI/0084/UK Dated: 11 April, 1995

April 20, 1995For further information contact your local Agilent Sales and Service office.

Page 6: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 5

:

3070 Series 3 DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY according to ISO/IEC Guide 22 and EN 45014Manufacturer’s Name: Agilent Technologies, Inc.

Manufacturing Test DivisionManufacturer’s Address: 815 14th Street S.W.

Loveland, Colorado 80537Declares that the Product Name: 3070 Series 3 Board Test SystemsModel Numbers: 3070, 2, 3, 5, 9 and 3170, 2Product Options: AllConforms to the following Product Specifications:Safety: IEC 1010-1 (1990) Incl. Amend 1 (1992) + Amend 2 (1995)/EN61010-1 (1993) + A2 (1995)

CSA C22.2 #1010.1 (1992)UL 3111

EMC: CISPR 11:1990/EN55011 (1991): Group 1, Class AEN50082-1:1992IEC 1000-4-2:1995: 4kV CD, 8kV ADIEC 1000-4-3:1995: 3V/mIEC 1000-4-4:1995: 1kV Power Line, 0.5kV Signal Lines

Attestation is provided according to article 10 (2) of the Directive by a Technical Contruction File.Technical File Number: 97-0900-030-TCF Rev: A Dated: 12 February, 1998

Supplementary Information: This product also herewith complies with the requirements of the Low Voltage Directive 72/23/EEC (inclusive 93/68/EEC), and with the requirements of the Machinery Directive 89/392/EEC (inclusive 93/68/EEC), and with the protection requirements of the EMC Directive 89/336/EEC and carries the "CE" mark accordingly. (Note: Compliance with the Machinery Directive requires equipment installation to be performed in accordance with the Agilent Application Note, "Compliance with the Machinery Directive requires specific installation procedure.") A Technical Report/Certificate has been issued in accordance with Part V (Reg 50) of the UK Regulations (SI 1992 No. 2372) by a UK-appointed Competent Body, namely,

Celestica Limited Westfields House, West AvenueKidsgrove, Stoke-on-TrentStaffordshire, ST7 1TL United KingdomCertificate Number: TCR/98/023 Dated: 20 March, 1998

May 1, 1998For further information contact your local Agilent Sales and Service office.

Page 7: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6

:

79000 / xDSL DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY according to ISO/IEC Guide 22 and EN 45014Manufacturer’s Name: Agilent Technologies, Inc.

Manufacturing Test DivisionManufacturer’s Address: 815 14th Street S.W.

Loveland, Colorado 80537Declares that the Product Name: 79000 Series Functional Test SystemsModel Numbers: E2195A, E2196A, E2190AProduct Options: AllConforms to the following Product Specifications:Safety: IEC 61010-1 (1990) + A2:1995/EN61010-1:1993 + A2:1995

CSA C22.2 #1010.1:1992UL 3111-1

EMC: CISPR 11:1990/EN55011 (1991): Group 1, Class AEN50082-1:1992IEC 61000-4-2:1995/: 4kV CDIEC 61000-4-3:1995/: 3V/mIEC 61000-4-4:1995/: 1kV Power Line

Attestation is provided according to article 10 (2) of the Directive by a Technical Contruction File.Technical File Number: 99-0900-001-TCF Rev: A Dated: 5 February, 1999

Supplementary Information: This product also herewith complies with the requirements of the Low Voltage Directive 72/23/EEC (inclusive 93/68/EEC), and with the requirements of the Machinery Directive 89/392/EEC (inclusive 93/68/EEC), and with the protection requirements of the EMC Directive 89/336/EEC and carries the "CE" mark accordingly. A Technical Report/Certificate was issued in accordance with Part V (Reg 50) of the UK Regulations (SI 1992 No. 2372) by a UK-appointed Competent Body, namely,

Celestica Limited Westfields House, West AvenueKidsgrove, Stoke-on-TrentStaffordshire, ST7 1TL United KingdomCertificate Number: CC/KID/009/99 Dated: 22 February, 1999

February 26, 1999For further information contact your local Agilent Sales and Service office.

Page 8: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 7

:

Emergency Shutdown

The Emergency Shutdown Switch, (or Emergency Off, EMO) is the large red button located at the lower left corner on the front of the testhead. It turns off all ac and dc power to the testhead, and is equivalent to turning off the PDU on the rear of the pod. Press the Emergency Shutdown Switch if you need to power down the testhead and its associated equipment in an emergency.

DO NOT use the Emergency Shutdown Switch as a substitute for correct power-down (unboot) procedures i.e., executing the testhead power off command.

To restore power after pressing the Emergency Shutdown Switch, switch the PDU Off for 15 seconds and then On again.

Emergency ShutdownSwitch (EMO)

Page 9: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 8

:

Warranty

Agilent 3070 / 79000 BOARD TEST SYSTEMS 1-YEAR 1. Agilent warrants Agilent hardware, accessories and supplies against defects in materials and workmanship for the period of one year. If Agilent receives notice of such defects during the warranty period, Agilent will, at its option, either repair or replace products which prove to be defective. Replacement products may be either new or like-new.

2. Agilent warrants that Agilent software will not fail to execute its programming instructions, for the period of one year, due to defects in material or workmanship when properly installed and used. If Agilent receives notice of defects during the warranty period, Agilent will replace software media which does not execute its programming instructions due to such defects.

3. Agilent does not warrant that the operation of Agilent products will be uninterrupted or error free. If Agilent is unable, within a reasonable time, to repair or replace any product to a condition as warranted, customer will be entitled to a refund of the purchase price upon prompt return of the product to Agilent.

4. Agilent products may contain remanufactured parts equivalent to new in performance or may have been subject to incidental use.

5. The warranty period begins on the date of delivery or on the date of installation if installed by Agilent. If customer schedules or delays Agilent installation more than 30 days after delivery, warranty begins on the 31st day from delivery.

6. Warranty does not apply to defects resulting from (a) improper or inadequate maintenance or calibration, (b) software, interfacing, parts or supplies not supplied by Agilent, (c) unauthorized modification or misuse, (d)

operation outside the published environmental specifications for the product, or (e) improper site preparation or maintenance.

7. TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, THE ABOVE WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUSIVE AND NO OTHER WARRANTY OR CONDITION, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AND AGILENT SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

8. Agilent will be liable for damage to tangible property per incident up to the greater of $300,000 or the actual amount paid for the product that is the subject of the claim, and for damages for bodily injury or death, to the extent that all such damages are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have been directly caused by a defective Agilent Product.

9. TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, THE REMEDIES IN THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT ARE CUSTOMER’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES. EXCEPT AS INDICATED ABOVE, IN NO EVENT WILL AGILENT OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR LOSS OF DATA OR FOR DIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL (INCLUDING LOST PROFIT OR DATA), OR OTHER DAMAGE WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE.FOR CONSUMER TRANSACTIONS IN AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND: THE WARRANTY TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS STATEMENT, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT LAWFULLY PERMITTED, DO NOT EXCLUDE, RESTRICT OR MODIFY AND ARE IN ADDITION TO THE MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THIS PRODUCT TO YOU.

Page 10: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 9

:

User Safety SymbolsThese symbols are used on labels on various places on the testhead.

WARNING — Do not operate the testhead if you can see this symbol. It means that hazards exist because the safety shroud is not installed. These hazards include pinched fingers from pulling down a test fixture and electrical shock if Agilent Performance Port is installed.

WARNING — Keep your hands away from the indicated areas of the testhead to avoid pinched fingers when rotating the testhead.

WARNING — Do not rotate the testhead past 65 degrees with a fixture installed, or the fixture could fall off the testhead, causing personal injury.

CAUTION - ESD — Devices sensitive to electrostatic discharge may be present. Follow approved ESD-safe handling practices while working with this equipment.

!

!55�

50�

65�

Page 11: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10

:

Safety SymbolsThese symbols are used on labels on the product and in the documentation. They indicate that the user must

refer to the manual for specific information to avoid personal injury or damage to the product.

WARNING

✺Calls attention to a high-voltage hazard that could cause bodily injury or death.

WARNING

✸Calls attention to a procedure, practice, or condition that could cause bodily injury or death.

CAUTION

✸Calls attention to a procedure, practice, or condition that could cause damage to equipment or permanent loss of data.

NOTEContains important information.

Hazard (see WARNING and CAUTION below).

Laser product or laser subsystem.

Hazardous voltage.

Alternating current (ac).

Direct current (dc).

Mains ground terminal. Must be connected to earth ground before operating the equipment. Protects against electrical shock in case of fault.

Earth ground terminal.

Frame or chassis terminal.

!

Page 12: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11

:

WarningsThe following general safety precautions must be observed during all phases of operation, service, and repair of this product. Failure to comply with these precautions or with specific warnings elsewhere in this manual violates safety standards of design, manufacture, and intended use of this product. Agilent assumes no liability for the customer’s failure to comply with these requirements.

Ground the Equipment: For Safety Class I equipment (equipment having a protective earth terminal), an uninterruptable safety earth ground must be provided from the main power source to the product input wiring terminals or supplied power cable.

DO NOT operate the product in an explosive atmosphere or in the presence of flammable gases or fumes. For continued protection against fire, replace the line fuse(s) only with the fuse(s) of the same voltage and current rating and type. DO NOT use repaired fuses or short-circuited fuse holders.

Keep away from live circuits: Operating personnel must not remove equipment covers or shields. Procedures involving the removal of covers or shields are for use by service-trained personnel only. Under certain conditions, dangerous voltages may exist even with the equipment switched off. To avoid dangerous electrical shock, DO NOT perform procedures involving cover or shield removal unless you are qualified to do so.

DO NOT operate damaged equipment: Whenever it is possible that the safety protection features built into

this product have been impaired, either through physical damage, excessive moisture, or any other reason, REMOVE POWER and do not use the product until safe operation can be verified by service-trained personnel. If necessary, return the product to an Agilent Sales and Service Office for service and repair to ensure that safety features are maintained.

Do not service or adjust alone: Do not attempt internal service or adjustment unless another person, capable of rendering first aid and resuscitation, is present.

Do not substitute parts or modify equipment: Because of the danger of introducing additional hazards, do not install substitute parts or perform any unauthorized modification to the product. Return the product to an Agilent Sales and Service Office for service and repair to ensure that safety features are maintained.

Ensure Rack Stability: To ensure stability of the test bay, place heavier instruments near the bottom of the rack.

Page 13: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Techonolgies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation i

Contents Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation03066-90114 Rev. Z 05/2002

Site Preparation – Legal Notices .....................................................................................................1

1 Site Preparation – ProcessThe Importance of Site Preparation ............................................................................................. 1-2

Site Prep Manual Description ................................................................................................ 1-2 Responsibilities ........................................................................................................................... 1-3

Agilent ’s Responsibilities ..................................................................................................... 1-3Customer’s Responsibilities .................................................................................................. 1-3

The Site Preparation Process ....................................................................................................... 1-5The Site Prep Visit ................................................................................................................. 1-5Site Planning .......................................................................................................................... 1-5Site Plan Implementation....................................................................................................... 1-5Site Verification Visit ............................................................................................................ 1-5Receiving the System............................................................................................................. 1-5

Site Prep Checklist....................................................................................................................... 1-6

2 Site Preparation – System OverviewSystem Overview......................................................................................................................... 2-2

Testhead ................................................................................................................................. 2-9Controller ............................................................................................................................... 2-9Test Development Station / Center / Server .......................................................................... 2-9Support Bay ......................................................................................................................... 2-10xDSL / POTS Bay................................................................................................................ 2-10

3 Site Preparation – PlanningChoosing The Site........................................................................................................................ 3-2

System-Independent Criteria ................................................................................................. 3-2

Page 14: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Techonolgies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation ii

Table of Contents

System-Dependent Criteria.................................................................................................... 3-2The System Plan Drawing ........................................................................................................... 3-3

What To Draw ....................................................................................................................... 3-3Planning Aids......................................................................................................................... 3-3

Assigning Specialists ................................................................................................................... 3-8What Are Specialists?............................................................................................................ 3-8Site Coordinator ..................................................................................................................... 3-8System Administrator ............................................................................................................ 3-8Structural Specialist ............................................................................................................... 3-8Environmental Specialist ....................................................................................................... 3-8Electrical Specialist................................................................................................................ 3-9Vacuum Specialist ................................................................................................................. 3-9Compressed Air Specialist..................................................................................................... 3-9Communications Specialist.................................................................................................... 3-9

Scheduling Preparations ............................................................................................................ 3-10

4 Site Preparation – Structural RequirementsFloor Requirements...................................................................................................................... 4-2

Introduction............................................................................................................................ 4-2Anti-Static Surface................................................................................................................. 4-4Immobilization for the EFS Board Handler........................................................................... 4-5

Moving Access Requirements ..................................................................................................... 4-6Introduction............................................................................................................................ 4-6Dimensions of the Crated System.......................................................................................... 4-6Dimensions of the Uncrated System...................................................................................... 4-8Ramp Requirements............................................................................................................. 4-11Hallway and Door Width Requirements.............................................................................. 4-11

Storage Space Requirements ..................................................................................................... 4-12Introduction.......................................................................................................................... 4-12Backup Tape Storage ........................................................................................................... 4-12Documentation Storage........................................................................................................ 4-12

Page 15: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Techonolgies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation iii

Table of Contents

Fixture Storage..................................................................................................................... 4-13

5 Site Preparation – Environmental RequirementsIntroduction............................................................................................................................ 5-1

Air Quality Requirements ............................................................................................................ 5-2Introduction............................................................................................................................ 5-2Corrosive Contaminants ........................................................................................................ 5-2Particulate Contaminants ....................................................................................................... 5-2Viscid Contaminants.............................................................................................................. 5-2

Air Temperature Requirements ................................................................................................... 5-3Introduction............................................................................................................................ 5-3Air Temperature Specifications ............................................................................................. 5-3Cooling Requirements ........................................................................................................... 5-4

Humidity Requirements ............................................................................................................... 5-5

6 Site Preparation – Power RequirementsCustomer Responsibilities ..................................................................................................... 6-1How to use this Chapter......................................................................................................... 6-1

Identifying Your System.............................................................................................................. 6-2About the PDU....................................................................................................................... 6-2

Power Requirements .................................................................................................................... 6-5Mains Disconnect .................................................................................................................. 6-5Power Drop ............................................................................................................................ 6-5Connecting Power to the PDU............................................................................................... 6-8

Is PDU Re-wiring Necessary? ................................................................................................... 6-11Introduction.......................................................................................................................... 6-11

PDU Wiring Diagrams............................................................................................................... 6-12327X 1-Module System AC Outlets .................................................................................... 6-1579000 1-Module System AC Outlets................................................................................... 6-20317X 2-Module System AC Outlets .................................................................................... 6-24

Page 16: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Techonolgies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation iv

Table of Contents

307X 4-Module System AC Outlets .................................................................................... 6-28E2197A xDSL/POTS Bay AC Outlets ................................................................................ 6-35

Facts about PDUs, MPUs and Power Options........................................................................... 6-41

7 Site Preparation – Compressed Air and Vacuum RequirementsIntroduction............................................................................................................................ 7-1

Compressed Air Requirements .................................................................................................... 7-2Compressed Air Specifications.............................................................................................. 7-2Connecting Air to the Testhead ............................................................................................. 7-2Air Quality ............................................................................................................................. 7-3

Vacuum Requirements................................................................................................................. 7-4Vacuum System ..................................................................................................................... 7-4Vacuum Recommendations ................................................................................................... 7-4Connecting Vacuum to the Testhead ..................................................................................... 7-5Vacuum Guidelines................................................................................................................ 7-9Vacuum Examples ................................................................................................................. 7-9Vacuum Control Assembly.................................................................................................. 7-17

Compressed Air and Vacuum Primer ........................................................................................ 7-19Introduction.......................................................................................................................... 7-19Compressed Air ................................................................................................................... 7-19Vacuum................................................................................................................................ 7-19

8 Site Preparation – Communications Cabling RequirementsLocal Area Network Requirements ............................................................................................. 8-2

Introduction............................................................................................................................ 8-2Agilent Local Area Network Plan ......................................................................................... 8-2Sample 3070 Series I Network Scheme................................................................................. 8-2Agilent 3070 Series II Networking........................................................................................ 8-5Agilent 3070 Series 3 / 79000 Networking ........................................................................... 8-7

Gathering Configuration Information for UNIX Startup and Networking................................ 8-10

Page 17: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Techonolgies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation v

Table of Contents

Gathering Configuration Information for MS Windows Networking ....................................... 8-13

9 Site Preparation – Receiving and Moving InstructionsInventory The Shipment .............................................................................................................. 9-2Uncrating The System ................................................................................................................. 9-3

Uncrating an Agilent 3070 Series I System........................................................................... 9-3Uncrating an Agilent 3070 Series II/3 and Agilent 79000 System........................................ 9-8Uncrating Procedure .............................................................................................................. 9-8Uncrating the Support Bay .................................................................................................. 9-12Tools Needed to Uncrate the Support Bay: ......................................................................... 9-12Uncrating Procedure: ........................................................................................................... 9-12

Placing The System ................................................................................................................... 9-15Moving the Testhead and Support Bay................................................................................ 9-15Immobilizing and Leveling the System ............................................................................... 9-15

Re-shipping a 3070 and 79000 System...................................................................................... 9-16Special Option to Part Number Listing................................................................................ 9-17

10 Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older SystemsIntroduction................................................................................................................................ 10-2Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001) ....................................... 10-5

Sizing the Input Wires and Circuit Breakers ....................................................................... 10-5Series 3 / 79000 Power Distribution .................................................................................... 10-9327X 1-Module System AC Outlets .................................................................................. 10-1779000 - 1-Module System AC System .............................................................................. 10-28317X 2-Module System AC Outlets .................................................................................. 10-39307X 4-Module 1-PDU System AC Outlets...................................................................... 10-50307X 4-Module 2-PDU System AC Outlets...................................................................... 10-60E2195/E2197A xDSL/POTS Bay AC Outlets................................................................... 10-67

Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2000) ..................................... 10-78Introduction........................................................................................................................ 10-78

Page 18: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Techonolgies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation vi

Table of Contents

Series 3 / 79000 Power Requirements ............................................................................... 10-80Power Recommentations ................................................................................................... 10-82Sizing The Input Wires And Circuit Breakers................................................................... 10-89Connecting Power To The Testhead.................................................................................. 10-90“Mains” Wiring Diagrams ............................................................................................... 10-101220/380–240/415 V 3-Phase Wye with Neutral (0E5, 05L, 0E7) ................................... 10-102220/380–240/415 V Single-Phase Wye with Neutral (05B, 05G, 05K).......................... 10-102120/208–127/220 V 3-Phase Wye with Neutral (AWW, 05E) ....................................... 10-103120/208–127/220 V Single-Phase Wye with Neutral (AWV, AWZ) ............................. 10-104200-240 3-phase Delta (0ED, 05C, 05H, 0E6) ................................................................ 10-105100/200-120/240 V Single-Phase Center-Tap Neutral (AWY, 0E3, 0EG, 0EH)............ 10-106220–240 V Single-Phase Earthed (05M, 05F, 05J) ......................................................... 10-107200–240 V Single-Phase Non-Earthed (AWX, 0EB, 0EJ, 0EC)..................................... 10-108

Tester Power Requirements (Series I/II) ............................................................................... 10-109Identifying the PDU/PDK Type ...................................................................................... 10-109Connecting a Pigtail to the E1135C PDU........................................................................ 10-11244964A/B PDU Electrical Requirements ........................................................................ 10-113E1099A PDU Electrical Requirements............................................................................ 10-114E1170-80003 PDK Electrical Requirements ................................................................... 10-124E1131A PDU Electrical Requirements............................................................................ 10-125Agilent 3070 Series II / 3 - E1135A/B Power Distribution Units ................................... 10-128

Connecting Mains Power To The System ............................................................................. 10-143Introduction...................................................................................................................... 10-14344964A/B AC Mains Connection.................................................................................... 10-144E1099A AC Mains Connection ....................................................................................... 10-145Connecting Power to the E1170-80003 PDK .................................................................. 10-146Connecting Power to the E1131A PDU .......................................................................... 10-150Connecting Power to the E1135A/B PDU....................................................................... 10-157

11 Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction ConversionIntroduction................................................................................................................................ 11-2

Introduction.......................................................................................................................... 11-2

Page 19: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Techonolgies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation vii

Table of Contents

Who Should do the Current Reduction Conversion?........................................................... 11-3What to Do in Case of Difficulty......................................................................................... 11-3

Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure ................................................................... 11-4Current Reduction Conversion Preview .............................................................................. 11-4Schedule the Conversion ..................................................................................................... 11-5Determine the System Type and Power Option................................................................... 11-5Shut Down the System......................................................................................................... 11-8Set the DUT Power Supply’s Input Voltage........................................................................ 11-9Agilent 6621A and 6624A Line Voltage Settings ............................................................... 11-9Agilent 6634A Line Voltage Settings................................................................................ 11-156634B Line Voltage Settings ............................................................................................. 11-17Agilent 6642A Line Voltage Settings................................................................................ 11-18Rewire the Inputs to the Outlets ........................................................................................ 11-20327X 1-Module System AC Outlets .................................................................................. 11-2979000 1-Module System AC Outlets................................................................................. 11-40317X 2-Module System AC Outlets .................................................................................. 11-51307X 4-Module 1-PDU System AC Outlets...................................................................... 11-62307X 4-Module 2-PDU System AC Outlets...................................................................... 11-72E1085 POTS Bay and E2195 xDSL Bay AC Outlets ....................................................... 11-79Reconnect the Loads .......................................................................................................... 11-84Verify the System .............................................................................................................. 11-84Complete the Conversion................................................................................................... 11-84Connecting a Pigtail to the E1135C PDU.......................................................................... 11-84

Page 20: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1-1

1111 Site Preparation – Process03066-90114 Rev. Z 06/2002

In this Chapter... � The Importance of Site Preparation, 1-2

� Responsibilities, 1-3

� The Site Preparation Process, 1-5

� Site Prep Checklist, 1-6

Page 21: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1-2

Chapter 1: Site Preparation – Process: The Importance of Site Preparation

The Importance of Site Preparation

The Agilent 3070 / 79000 family of board test systems includes complex and sophisticated automatic test equipment. To ensure that your site is properly equipped for your new system, and to minimize the possibility of problems or delays in system installation, you must consider many things during site preparation. Before calling your local Agilent representative to install your system, read and follow the recommendations provided in this manual.

Site Prep Manual DescriptionThis manual contains the following chapters:

� Chapter 1, Site Preparation – Process (this chapter) discusses your responsibilities, lists Agilent ’s responsibilities, and provides a checklist to use as you proceed.

� Chapter 2, Site Preparation – System Overview describes the system at an overview level and defines terms you will encounter as you prepare your site.

� Chapter 3, Site Preparation – Planning discusses choosing a site for your system, designing your site layout, assigning people to do various preparation tasks, and scheduling your preparations.

� Chapter 4, Site Preparation – Structural Requirements describes floor, access, and storage requirements.

� Chapter 5, Site Preparation – Environmental Requirements describes air quality, temperature, humidity, and electromagnetic shielding requirements.

� Chapter 6, Site Preparation – Power Requirements describes, for Series 3 systems, power requirements for the various parts of the system and mains power connections.

� Chapter 7, Site Preparation – Compressed Air and Vacuum Requirements describes the compressed air and vacuum that the system requires.

� Chapter 8, Site Preparation – Communications Cabling Requirements describes the Local Area Network requirements.

� Chapter 9, Site Preparation – Receiving and Moving Instructions describes the uncrating, handling, and re-shipping process for a 327X / 79000 test system.

� Chapter 10, Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems describes the power requirements for 3070 / 79000 systems using older power distribution units.

� Chapter 11, Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion describes how to reconfigure the power subsystem of an Agilent 3070 Series 3 or 79000 which was shipped prior to June 1999 to have the same power requirements as 3070 / 79000 systems shipped after June 1999.

Page 22: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1-3

Chapter 1: Site Preparation – Process: Responsibilities

Responsibilities Successful system preparation and installation requires planning and effort by both you and Agilent. Following are summaries of each party’s responsibilities.

Agilent ’s ResponsibilitiesAs a part of the purchase of an Agilent 3070 / 79000 family board test system, Agilent will provide the following:

� SITE PREPARATION SUGGESTIONS To help you begin, an Agilent representative will visit you to help you understand what you will need to do to make your site ready for your system and answer any questions you may have. This is called the "Initial Site Preparation Visit" and the Agilent CEs will bill up to 2 hours to Agilent Technologies.

� ELECTRICAL and ENVIRONMENTAL INSPECTION After primary power has been installed at the site, an Agilent representative will inspect the lines to verify that your electrical power is suitable for the system. At the same time, the Agilent representative will inspect the site to verify that its environmental characteristics conform to the site preparation specifications. system and answer any questions you may have. This is called the "Verifying Site Preparation Visit" and the Agilent CEs will bill up to 2 hours to Agilent Technologies.

� INSTALLATION After all components of the system have been moved to the site, compressed

air and vacuum have been installed, and primary power has been run to the system location, an Agilent representative will complete the system installation. For systems with the power cord pre-installed, the CE will plug in the system after testing the power. For older systems where the power cord must be installed, the electrician will connect the power cord to the system after the CE removes the system from the pallet.

� Installation includes removing the system from the pallet, unpacking the smaller boxes, connecting cabling, starting the system, customizing the system software, and performing a complete system verification. system and answer any questions you may have. This is called the "Installation Visit" and the Agilent CE will bill up to 4 hours to Agilent Technologies.

� WARRANTY The Agilent 3070 / 79000 family board test systems include a one-year warranty that provides on-site hardware repair, software support and software updates.

� INSURANCE The system is insured by Agilent until it is delivered to your loading dock.

Customer’s ResponsibilitiesWhile you are primarily responsible for these activities, you can ask the Agilent representative for advice and information about services offered.

Page 23: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1-4

Chapter 1: Site Preparation – Process: Responsibilities

� INSURANCE You must provide insurance coverage for your system from the time it is delivered to your facility.

� SOFTWARE SUPPORT CONTRACTS You are responsible for initiating and renewing support contracts for software, documentation updates, and telephone support. Software support and updates are included during the warranty period.

� SITE PREPARATION AND MAINTENANCE You must supply all labor and materials used in site construction and maintenance. You are also responsible for obtaining any building permits and licenses required by local laws and regulations.

� PROPER USE OF THE SYSTEM You are responsible for ensuring that use of the system is consistent with local laws and regulations.

� UNCRATING You should remove the tri-wall box from the testhead,1 but not remove the system from the pallet. The Agilent representative will remove the testhead from the pallet. You may inventory the shipment using the enclosed packing list. You may leave the smaller boxes for the Agilent representative to unpack when the system is installed.

� INSPECTION You must inspect the system for physical damage. If you believe that your system was damaged in shipment, call your Agilent representative.

� MOVING Moving the equipment from the receiving dock to the installation site is the customers responsibility. The system should be moved, after the tri-wall box is removed, to an area safe from damage or misplaced boxes.

� WIRING AND CABLING Wiring primary power to the system is your responsibility, as is installing communications cabling to the system. The actual power connection to the system will be made after the CE has removed the system from the pallet and moved it to the desired location.

1 It will be difficult to remove the tri-wall box in a room with less than 2.5 meters (8 foot) clearance.

Page 24: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1-5

Chapter 1: Site Preparation – Process: The Site Preparation Process

The Site Preparation Process

This section describes the steps of the Agilent 3070 / 79000 family system site preparation process.

The Site Prep VisitAn Agilent representative will come to your site to discuss what you will need to do to make your site ready for your system. During this visit, the Agilent representative will review this manual and answer any questions you may have. This will help you get started preparing your site.

Site PlanningThe site planning step is crucial! A little effort invested in understanding and planning your system will save much effort at installation time. Plan your system area using Chapter 3 of this manual. Use Chapters 2 through 9 to understand details as you plan. Assign “specialists.” Specialists are the people who will do various tasks. Make a “system plan drawing” that you and the Agilent representative can use to install your system. If you need help, call your Agilent representative. Schedule all site preparation activities.

Site Plan ImplementationImplement the plan. Use Chapters 4 through 11 and the system plan drawing. Work with your specialists.

Site Verification VisitThe site verification visit allows the Agilent representative to review your preparations and answer any remaining questions. The Agilent representative will check your power to verify that it is suitable for the system. The Agilent representative will also check your compressed air and vacuum hookups.

Receiving the SystemWhen the system arrives at your site, remove the tri-wall box from the testhead, but do not remove the system from the pallet. The Agilent representative will remove the testhead from the pallet. You may inventory the shipment using the enclosed packing list. You may leave the smaller boxes for the Agilent representative to unpack when the system is installed. You should move the system to the site where it will be installed, or a safe storage area.

Page 25: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1-6

Chapter 1: Site Preparation – Process: Site Prep Checklist

Site Prep Checklist Use this checklist to check off each task as you complete it.

Table 1-1 Site preparation checklist

Task Checklist

Chapter 3, Site Preparation – Planning

[ ] Location chosen?Specialists assigned?

Site Coordinator:______________________________________________________

System Administrator:_________________________________________________Structural Specialist:___________________________________________________

Environmental Specialist:_______________________________________________Electrical Specialist:___________________________________________________

Vacuum Specialist:____________________________________________________Compressed Air Specialist:_____________________________________________

Communications Specialist:_____________________________________________[ ] Schedule Created:[ ] Board Handler Involvement (44990A EFS Board Handler Manual)

Chapter 4, Site Preparation – Structural Requirements

[ ] Floor suitable?[ ] Room to move the big box? If not, do your have a place to unpack it?[ ] Storage sufficient?

Page 26: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1-7

Chapter 1: Site Preparation – Process: Site Prep Checklist

Chapter 5, Site Preparation – Environmental Requirements

[ ] Air quality suitable?[ ] Ambient temperature suitable?[ ] Cooling sufficient?[ ] Humidity suitable?[ ] Electromagnetic environment suitable?

Chapter 6, Site Preparation – Power Requirements

System Power

What power option is your system? Opt. ______[ ] AC mains power verified?

[ ] Mains disconnect1 installed if the system does not have an E1135C PDU?[ ] Do you need to install power conditioning equipment?

[ ] Do you need to install a new transformer?[ ] What system drop wire size is required? Wire Size ______

[ ] What system drop breaker size is required? Breaker Size ______[ ] Power cable installed for mains?

Connect Mains Power[ ] Power installed to system?

Convenience Outlet Power[ ] Testhead strip printer?

[ ] Testhead server?

Table 1-1 Site preparation checklist (continued)

Task Checklist

Page 27: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1-8

Chapter 1: Site Preparation – Process: Site Prep Checklist

Chapter 7, Site Preparation – Compressed Air and Vacuum Requirements

[ ] Compressed air line installed?[ ] Vacuum plan done?[ ] How many solenoids needed? _____[ ] Vacuum equipment installed?

Chapter 8, Site Preparation – Communications Cabling Requirements

[ ] Local area network planned?[ ] LAN cabling installed?

NOTEThe remaining items go beyond site preparation, but must be completed before installation. See the System and Support Bay Uncrating Instructions (p/n’s E4000-90013 and E4000-90014 for a Series 3 system) attached to the ramp of the shipping pallet and Chapter 9, Site Preparation – Receiving and Moving Instructions for further information.

Chapter 9, Site Preparation – Receiving and Moving Instructions

[ ] Insurance coverage arranged for arrival?[ ] System inspected for physical damage?[ ] Shipment inventoried?[ ] Equipment moved to installation site?[ ] Testhead unpacked (Tri-wall box removed, but not removed from the pallet.). The Agilent service representative will unpack the smaller boxes and move the system as part of installation.

1. See Chapter 6, Site Preparation – Power Requirements for more information.

Table 1-1 Site preparation checklist (continued)

Task Checklist

Page 28: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 2-1

2222 Site Preparation – System Overview03066-90114 Rev. Z 06/2002

In this Chapter... � System Overview, 2-2

This chapter presents information that will help you understand the parts of the 3070 Series I, II, 3 and 79000 families of board test systems. There are no tasks presented in this chapter.

Page 29: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 2-2

Chapter 2: Site Preparation – System Overview: System Overview

System Overview The Agilent 3070 / 79000 family systems must include a testhead and a controller. In addition, the 307X systems include a support bay and either type of system may include a POTS bay, a Quick Verify functional test bay, test development centers, test development stations, and peripherals. The testhead and support bay will require the greatest site preparation effort.

Figure 2-1 on page 2-3 shows a 307X Series I system with a control bay. It includes a 4-module (maximum) testhead and a support bay.

Figure 2-2 on page 2-4 shows a 317X Series I system. It includes a 2-module (maximum) testhead and no support bay or control bay.

Figure 2-3 on page 2-5 shows a 307X Series II system. It includes a 4-module (maximum) testhead with a support bay. The 317X Series II system (not shown) looks the same as the 307X Series II, but does not have a support bay. The 327X (not shown) is a physically smaller version of the 307X Series II, having only one module.

The main difference between the 3070 Series I and the 3070 Series II systems is the latter has twice the test pin capability, and in the Series II the controller is mounted in the testhead pod. The Series II systems also have redesigned testheads which include space for more equipment.

Figure 2-4 on page 2-6 shows a 3070 Series 3 system which uses an HP-UX controller.

The 3070 Series 3 systems are shorter in length than the Series II, has a choice of two faster HP-UX controllers, has new covers with new colors, uses a flat panel display and optionally have vacuum valves mounted in the testhead. The controller is moved to the right pod with the Power Distribution Unit (PDU) and the left pod is eliminated.

Figure 2-5 on page 2-7 shows a 3070PC Series 3 system. The right pod is slightly larger to make room for the Visualize P-Class PC which utilizes the Windows NT operating system.

Figure 2-6 on page 2-8 shows an Agilent 79000 Functional Test Systemis which is a one-module test system with an E1421A 6-slot VXI mainframe in the second module position. The DUT power supplies are moved to the pod on the left end of the cradle.

Page 30: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 2-3

Chapter 2: Site Preparation – System Overview: System Overview

Figure 2-1 307X Series I system

Support Bay

Testhead

Control Bay

Page 31: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 2-4

Chapter 2: Site Preparation – System Overview: System Overview

Figure 2-2 317X Series I system

Testhead

Page 32: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 2-5

Chapter 2: Site Preparation – System Overview: System Overview

Figure 2-3 3070 Series II systemL

Page 33: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 2-6

Chapter 2: Site Preparation – System Overview: System Overview

Figure 2-4 3070 Series 3 system with HP-UX controller and an optional external support bay

Page 34: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 2-7

Chapter 2: Site Preparation – System Overview: System Overview

Figure 2-5 3070PC Series 3 system using a Windows controller

pc-sys.wpg

88.4 mm (3.5 in)Wider Pod

Page 35: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 2-8

Chapter 2: Site Preparation – System Overview: System Overview

Figure 2-6 79000 (E2190A) Functional Test System

Performance Ports

VXI Mainframe

3070 Module

79000d.wpg

Controller

DUT PowerSupplies

Page 36: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 2-9

Chapter 2: Site Preparation – System Overview: System Overview

TestheadThe testhead connects to the device under test (DUT). The measurement hardware is installed in card cages called “modules.” A 307X system can have up to four modules. A 317X system can have up to two modules. A 327X has only one module. Vacuum and compressed air are both used to bring the DUT into contact with the measurement hardware: compressed air brings the fixture into contact with the interface pins in the module, and vacuum pulls the DUT down onto the fixture’s probes. One compressed air fitting and four vacuum ports are on a 307X testhead; one compressed air fitting and up to two vacuum ports are on a 317X, 79000 and 327X testhead.

The testhead cradle includes two integrated cabinets called the right pod and the left pod. The testhead’s power distribution unit (PDU) is located in the right pod. The testhead’s controller can be in either the right or left pod depending on where the monitor and keyboard are located (the controller must be in the pod closest to the monitor and keyboard).

ControllerThe controller for the 3070 Series I system is an HP 9000 Series-300. The controller for the 3070 Series II system is an HP 9000 Series-700. The controller for 3070 Series 3 and the 79000 is an HP 9000 Series-700; however the customer has a choice of two models with significantly different speed capability. They include peripherals and specialized software for board test. The controller for the Series 3 3070PC is a Visualize P-class using the NT 4.0 operating system.

Site preparation for the controller hardware is minimal and is identical to that of a general-purpose computer of the same type. Voltage and current requirements vary with location but must be considered during site preparation. Planning your LAN and routing LAN cabling is important for site preparation. In order to use remote support, you will need to provide a suitable telephone line.

Test Development Station / Center / ServerFor 3070 Series I systems, test development “stations” (TDSs) are diskless HP 9000 Series-300 controllers set up as cnodes on the testhead controller. Test development “centers” (TDCs) are also HP 9000 Series-300 controllers, but they are independent (not cnodes), having their own disks.

For 3070 Series II systems, “stations” are HP 9000 Series-700 (712-60, 712-100, or C110) controllers with disks. Most of the 3070 software is mounted using NFS. TDCs are no longer cluster servers, but still act as file servers for the TDS. TDSs are no longer cnodes; they are stand-alone systems, although they do have a lot of board test software that is NFS mounted. If a Series-II system is added to a site with Series I systems, the two systems can be networked to share resources.

For 3070 Series 3 and 79000 systems using the HP-UX controller, test development stations and centers have been replaced by test “servers.” Test servers are functionally similar to the older test development centers but are configured to be more capable of serving X-terminals and PC X-terminals. With the upgrade of

Page 37: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 2-10

Chapter 2: Site Preparation – System Overview: System Overview

B.03.00 software, test development stations and centers were converted to servers.

For 3070PC series 3 systems using the Visualize PC Workstation, program development may be done on the standalone PC workstation and copied to the testhead controller. Windows NT is not a true multi-user operating system. There is no equivalent to "rlogin" or "Telnet" in Windows NT.

Support BayThe support bay is included with 307X systems. There is no support bay in 317X, 327X or 79000 systems.

In the Series I systems, the support bay contains the power distribution unit (PDU), module power supplies (MPUs), DUT power supplies, and optional test equipment. The PDU receives “mains” ac power and distributes ac power to the rest of the system. The MPUs supply dc power to the testhead modules. The DUT power supplies provide operating power to the device (board) under test. The support bay does not supply power to the control bay and peripherals. Mains power is wired to the support bay as part of the installation process.

In the 3070 Series II family system, the support bay is present in 307X systems but not in 317X systems. The support bay, when present, houses the DUT power supplies and optional test equipment. If the support bay is not present, this equipment is in the testhead.

In the Series 3 systems, the support bay contains only DUT power supplies and optional test equipment.

xDSL / POTS Bay1

The xDSL / POTS (x Digital Subscriber Line) / (Plain Old Telephone Services) Bay can be added to a 3X79 Series I, II, 3 system and to the 79000 system. The E2195A xDSL / POTS bay can be ordered with xDSL or POTS or both testing capability.

1 See the Telecom Theory and Repair Manual, 03066-90100, for more information.

Page 38: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 3-1

3333 Site Preparation – Planning03066-90114 Rev. Z 06/2002

In this Chapter... � Choosing The Site, 3-2

� The System Plan Drawing, 3-3

� Assigning Specialists, 3-8

� Scheduling Preparations, 3-10

Page 39: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 3-2

Chapter 3: Site Preparation – Planning: Choosing The Site

Choosing The Site There are two types of criteria that you should consider when you choose the location of the 3070 / 79000 family system in your facility: criteria that are dependent on the system and criteria that are not.

System-Independent CriteriaSystem-independent criteria are ones that only you can determine. Examples are shop flow, department locations, plant security, etc. You will probably use these criteria to choose a prospective location and then qualify that location using the system-dependent criteria.

System-Dependent CriteriaSystem-dependent criteria come in two categories: those that are easily modified if needed and those that are not easily modified. The easy criteria will probably not disqualify a prospective location, but the difficult criteria might.

Easier criteria are storage space, ambient temperature, cooling, electrical power availability, vacuum supply, compressed air supply, and local area network cabling.

Difficult criteria are air quality, floor strength, ambient vibrations, and physical access. Use the information about difficult criteria described in this manual to qualify prospective locations.

Page 40: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 3-3

Chapter 3: Site Preparation – Planning: The System Plan Drawing

The System Plan Drawing

What To DrawMany things need to be done before the 3070 / 79000 family board test system can be installed. If you make an area blueprint (a system plan drawing), you can use it to plan all aspects of site preparation. A complete drawing would detail power availability, communications cabling, compressed air and vacuum lines, and system placement with respect to other equipment. It can also serve to verify physical access.

Planning AidsUse Figure 3-1 through Figure 3-4 to lay out your system on the system plan drawing. Figure 3-1 on page 3-4 shows three layout suggestions for 3070 Series I system. Figure 3-2 on page 3-5 shows layout suggestions for a Series I 3X79 Telecom systems with xDLS/POTS (x Digital Subscriber Line)/(Plain Old Telephone Services) bays. Figure 3-3 on page 3-6 shows three layout suggestions for a 3070 Series II system. Figure 3-4 on page 3-7 shows three layout suggestions for a 3070 Series 3 system, including the 3070PC.

Before installing the 3070 / 79000 system you should determine whether the operator will stand or sit and whether the operator will work from the right or left side of the testhead (this is not as important with a 4-module testhead). These decisions will determine whether the monitor and keyboard should be on the right or left. If you want the monitor and keyboard to be in front of the testhead as shown, you should install them on the same

side of the testhead as the operator. However, if you want the monitor and keyboard to be above the testhead, you should install them on the opposite side from the operator. In any case, with the Series II, the controller must be installed in the testhead pod closest to the monitor and keyboard. It is important to make this decision correctly. If you decide to change it after installation, it will require some work to move the controller.

The figures show the systems with support bays. If your system does not have a support bay, or includes an optional extra equipment bay, modify your layout accordingly. See Chapter 4, Site Preparation – Structural Requirements for the exact dimensions of individual testheads and support bays.

Always allow 1 meter (3 feet) of space behind the system so service personnel can access the hardware inside the testhead and support bay.

Page 41: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 3-4

Chapter 3: Site Preparation – Planning: The System Plan Drawing

Figure 3-1 Recommended Series I system layouts.

Left-to-Right Layoutwith Board Handler

Supp

ort

Bay

StripPrinterMonitor &

Keyboard

ControlBay

Testhead

11 ft.(3.4 m)

9 ft.(2.7 m)Conveyor

SupportBay

StripPrinterMonitor &

Keyboard

ControlBay

Testhead

12 ft.(3.7 m)

9 ft.(2.7 m)

SupportBay

StripPrinter Monitor &

Keyboard

ControlBay

Testhead

12 ft.(3.7 m)

9 ft.(2.7 m)

Right-to-Left Layout Left-to-Right Layout

SiteP6.wpg

Page 42: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 3-5

Chapter 3: Site Preparation – Planning: The System Plan Drawing

Figure 3-2 Recommended Series I 3X79 telecom system layouts

Left-to-Right Layout

ControlBay

Testhead

StripPrinter

Keyboard

12 ft.3.7 m

9 ft.2.7 m

xDSL/ POTS Bay

SupportBay

Testhead

StripPrinter Monitor &

Keyboard

ControlBay

9 ft.2.7 m

14 ft.4.3 m

xDSL/POTS

Right-to-Left Layout

sitepx.wpg

Page 43: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 3-6

Chapter 3: Site Preparation – Planning: The System Plan Drawing

Figure 3-3 Recommended 3070 Series II system layouts

Monitor &

SupportBay

Keyboard

Testhead

Strip Printer

Con

trolle

r3.7 m (12 ft.)

3 m (9 ft.)

Con

trolle

r

Testhead

Strip Printer

SupportBay

Monitor &Keyboard

3.7 m (12 ft.)

3 m (9 ft.)

SupportBay

Strip Printer

Con

trolle

r

Monitor &Keyboard

Board Handler ConveyorConveyor3 m (9 ft.)

3.7 m (12 ft.)

Right-to-Left Layout Left-to-Right Layout

with Board HandlerLeft-to-Right Layout 3070-S2.WPG

Page 44: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 3-7

Chapter 3: Site Preparation – Planning: The System Plan Drawing

Figure 3-4 Recommended 3070 Series 3 system layouts

Monitor &

SupportBay

Keyboard

Testhead

Strip Printer

Controller

3.3 m (11 ft.)

3 m (9 ft.)

Right-to-Left Layout

Testhead

Strip Printer

SupportBay

Monitor &Keyboard

3.3 m (11 ft.)

3 m (9 ft.)

Left-to-Right Layout

Controller

SupportBay

Con

trolle

r

Monitor &Keyboard

Board Handler ConveyorConveyor3 m (9 ft.)

3.3 m (11 ft.)

with Board HandlerLeft-to-Right Layout 3070-S3.WPG

Strip Printer

Page 45: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 3-8

Chapter 3: Site Preparation – Planning: Assigning Specialists

Assigning Specialists

What Are Specialists?The concept of "specialists" represents the recognition that, at most facilities, no one person will do all the preparatory work. Your specialists may simply plan and add to your system plan drawing, and then have the installation done by others. You may have several people share one "specialty," or you may have several specialists be the same person. Most importantly, each aspect of the planning should be the explicit responsibility of a specialist.

Site CoordinatorOne person should manage the site preparation process. In this manual, that person will be called the site coordinator.

Make sure someone has been designated as the site coordinator. The site coordinator will plan the installation, maintain the system plan drawing, and check off the site prep checklist. The site coordinator should probably assign all the other specialists.

System AdministratorAny successful system requires good system administration. One person should have responsibility of the system administration for your 3070 / 79000 family system.

The HP-UX System Administrator Manual is a good tool for your system administrator; it will arrive with the

system. Agilent also offers an excellent course in system administration for HP-UX based systems.

The Administering Agilent 3070PC Systems manual describes the NT system administration specific to 3070PC administration; it will arrive with the system. It does not describe general Windows NT system administration. For general information, refer to the Windows NT documentation.

Structural SpecialistThe structural specialist will verify that the floor is suitable for the system in terms of strength and anti-static properties. This specialist will examine the route from the receiving area to the system’s proposed location and decide how best to move the system to that place. Storage will be required after the system is in operation, and the structural specialist will decide what storage is needed. Chapter 4, Site Preparation – Structural Requirements is the primary reference for the structural specialist.

Environmental SpecialistThe environmental specialist will verify that your site’s environment is suitable for the system. Air quality, ambient temperature, cooling capacity, humidity, and electromagnetic interference are areas that the environmental specialist must address. Chapter 5, Site Preparation – Environmental Requirements contains information for this specialist.

Page 46: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 3-9

Chapter 3: Site Preparation – Planning: Assigning Specialists

Electrical SpecialistYour electrical specialist will plan and install the mains power for the system, support bay and the convenience outlets for the other system equipment. These items should be marked on the system plan drawing. Chapter 6, Site Preparation – Power Requirements contains the electrical information for Series 3 systems with the E1135C PDU and Chapter 10, Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems for Series I, II, and Series 3 with the E1135B PDU

Vacuum SpecialistThe vacuum specialist will plan and install your system’s vacuum control system. Vacuum lines should be marked on the system plan drawing. The information pertaining to vacuum control is in Chapter 7, Site Preparation – Compressed Air and Vacuum Requirements of this manual.

Compressed Air SpecialistThe compressed air specialist will plan and install the compressed air supply for your system. Air lines should be marked on the system plan drawing. The compressed air information is in Chapter 7, Site Preparation – Compressed Air and Vacuum Requirements.

Communications SpecialistThe communications specialist will plan your local area network and install the LAN cables to your system. LAN cables and telephone lines should be marked on the system plan drawing. Chapter 8, Site Preparation –

Communications Cabling Requirements contains information for this specialist.

Page 47: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 3-10

Chapter 3: Site Preparation – Planning: Scheduling Preparations

Scheduling Preparations

When the system plan drawing has been made and the specialists know what to do, make a tentative schedule. Use the schedule to balance the work. With this plan, estimate when the site will be ready for the system.

Make sure that you schedule extra time; if any delays occur, you can use the extra time to finish preparations.

Page 48: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 4-1

4444 Site Preparation – Structural Requirements03066-90114 Rev. Z 06/2002

In this Chapter... � Floor Requirements, 4-2

� Moving Access Requirements, 4-6

� Storage Space Requirements, 4-12

Page 49: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 4-2

Chapter 4: Site Preparation – Structural Requirements: Floor Requirements

Floor Requirements This section contains:

� Introduction, 4-2

� Anti-Static Surface, 4-4

� Immobilization for the EFS Board Handler, 4-5

IntroductionThe Agilent 3070 / 79000 family system tester (testhead and Support Bay, if included) is the heaviest part of the system. The controller, test development centers, and test development stations present no special load-bearing concern. Table 4-1 shows the approximate weights of fully-loaded systems.

Table 4-1 System weights

System Type Product Weight

3070 Series I Testhead 370 kg (750 lb)

Support Bay 205 kg (450 lb)

Testhead and Support Bay on Pallet 725 kg (1600 lb)

307X Series I Testhead 454 kg (1000 lb)

Testhead on pallet 526 kg (1160 lb)

Maximum Point Floor Loading (each leg) 275 kg (600 lb)

Support Bay 209 kg (460 lb)

Support Bay on pallet 277 kg (610 lb)

Maximum Point Floor Loading (each leg) 185 kg (400 lb)

Page 50: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 4-3

Chapter 4: Site Preparation – Structural Requirements: Floor Requirements

307X, 3070PC Series 3 Testhead 489 kg (1080 lb)

Testhead on pallet 587 kg (1295 lb)

Maximum Point Floor Loading (each leg) 275 kg (600 lb)

Support Bay 209 kg (460 lb)

Support Bay on pallet 277 kg (610 lb)

Maximum Point Floor Loading (each leg) 185 kg (400 lb)

317X Series I Testhead 410 kg (900 lb)

Testhead on pallet 480 kg (1060 lb)

317X Series II Testhead 454 kg (1000 lb)

Testhead on pallet 525 kg (1160 lb)

Maximum floor point loading each leg 275 kg (600 lb)

317X, 3070PC Series 3 Testhead 429 kg (945 lb)

Testhead on pallet 525 kg (1160 lb)

Maximum floor point loading each leg 275 kg (600 lb)

327X Series II Testhead 340 kg (750 lb)

Testhead on pallet 477 kg (1050 lb)

327X, 3070PC Series 3 Testhead 340 kg (750 lb)

Testhead on pallet 477 kg (1050 lb)

Table 4-1 System weights (continued)

System Type Product Weight

Page 51: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 4-4

Chapter 4: Site Preparation – Structural Requirements: Floor Requirements

Anti-Static SurfaceStatic electricity is destructive to your production process and to your board test system. Careless handling and poor planning can cost you yield and system reliability. The boards you will be testing are more easily damaged than the 3070 / 79000 board test system, but good anti-static planning will ensure high reliability from your system.

This is not an exhaustive description of anti-static precautions, but as a reminder as you plan your system area, here are some suggestions:

� Anti-static flooring. Plan to use an anti-static floor covering or mats.

� Grounding straps. Plan for foot straps in conjunction with anti-static flooring and wrist

3X79CTPOTS Bay off pallet

1-Channel 165 kg (365 lb)

4-Channel 170 kg (345 lb)

8-Channel 195 kg (430 kg)

307X Quick Verify 136 kg (300 lb)

Quick Verify on pallet 150 kg (330 lb)

Controllers 3070 - 300 Series Computer (in cabinet) 82 kg (180 lb)

3070 Series II - C110 Series Computer 15 kg (33 lb)

Controllers – 3070 Series 3 and 79000

B180L 14 kg (36 lb)

C240 20 kg (54 lb)

Visualize P-Class PC 11.3 kg (25 lb)

34595A or 44904A off pallet

Instrument rack 182 kg (400 lb)

44990A off pallet EFS Board Handler 95 kg (200 lb)

Table 4-1 System weights (continued)

System Type Product Weight

Page 52: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 4-5

Chapter 4: Site Preparation – Structural Requirements: Floor Requirements

straps for system operators. The testhead has external connectors for wrist straps.

� Anti-static DUT storage. Plan for anti-static tote bins for your devices-under-test and storage for anti-static bags.

� Anti-static hardware. Consider the use of any devices that will help you maintain a static-free environment. Examples are wrist strap testers and ion generators.

It is a good idea to take a look at your current static conditions before planning the installation of your system.

Immobilization for the EFS Board HandlerFor 3070 / 79000 family board test systems, it is normally sufficient to use the built-in leveling pads to stabilize the system. However, if the system includes the 44990A EFS Board Handler in an automated test cell, the integration specialist will need to bolt the testhead to the floor. Also if local building codes require equipment to be anchored to the floor due to potential seismic activity (earthquakes), you will need to bolt the system to the floor. The shipping brackets used to secure the system to the pallet are suitable for this purpose, but you will need to supply fasteners suitable for your situation.

A floor mount kit is sent with the 44990A EFS Board Handler. The kit is intended for mounting the testhead to a concrete floor. If you mount the system to a different type of floor, you can still use the brackets provided with the kit, but you will need to furnish bolts

or other fasteners. See the 44990A EFS Board Handler Manual, 44990-90004, for more detailed information.

Page 53: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 4-6

Chapter 4: Site Preparation – Structural Requirements: Moving Access Requirements

Moving Access Requirements

This section contains:

� Introduction, 4-6

� Dimensions of the Crated System, 4-6

� Dimensions of the Uncrated System, 4-8

� Ramp Requirements, 4-11

� Hallway and Door Width Requirements, 4-11

IntroductionThe Agilent 3070 / 79000 family board test system is shipped from the factory on one large crate (on a pallet) and several smaller crates or boxes. The 307X Series I testhead includes the Support Bay on the same pallet.

The 307X Series II and Series 3 testhead does not include the Support Bay on the same pallet; the Support Bay is shipped on a separate pallet. The 317X and 317X Series II and Series 3 systems do not include a Support Bay. The large testhead crate may be too large to move to your system’s destination. If you cannot move it to its final destination, you will need to unpack the testhead and roll it on its casters (see Chapter 9). Other smaller boxes, containing the controller and test development hardware, should not present access problems.

Dimensions of the Crated SystemThe dimensions of the 3070 / 79000 family crated systems are shown in Table 4-2.

Table 4-2 Dimensions of the crated system

System Type Dimension Measurement

307X Series I Testhead (with Support Bay)

Length 2440 mm (96 in)

Width 1080 mm (42.5 in)

Height 1600 mm (63 in)

317X Series I Testhead (without Support Bay)

Length 1740 mm (68.25 in)

Width 1080 mm (42.5 in)

Height 1600 mm (63 in)

Page 54: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 4-7

Chapter 4: Site Preparation – Structural Requirements: Moving Access Requirements

3X7X Series II, Series 3 and 3070PC Testhead (without Support Bay)

Length 2095 mm (82.5 in)

Width 1080 mm (42.5 in)

Height 1600 mm (63 in)

3X7X Series II, 3 Support Bay

Length 1120 mm (44 in)

Width 860 mm (31 in)

Height 1600 mm (63 in)

327X Series II Quick Verify

Length 875 mm (25.6 in)

Width 625 mm (24 in)

Height 980 mm (38.6 in)

79000 Testhead Length 2095 mm (82.5 in)

Width 1080 mm (42.5 in)

Height 902 mm (33.5 in)

3X79 Series II POTS Bay Length 1120 mm (44 in)

Width 860 mm (34 in)

Height 1860 mm (73 in)

Table 4-2 Dimensions of the crated system (continued)

System Type Dimension Measurement

Page 55: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 4-8

Chapter 4: Site Preparation – Structural Requirements: Moving Access Requirements

Dimensions of the Uncrated SystemWhen removed from the crate (pallet), the system (testhead and Support Bay) can be rolled on its casters. This configuration is easier to move.

CAUTION

✸When moving a 307X testhead like this, you must move the testhead and Support Bay together, subject to the restraint imposed by the cabling between them. Be very careful not to damage system cables during moving!

Table 4-3 on page 4-8 describes the dimensions of the uncrated testhead and Support Bay. Chapter 9 describes moving the tester on its casters.

Table 4-3 Dimensions of the uncrated system

System Type Dimension Measurement

307X Series I Testhead (with Support Bay)

Length 2100 mm (83 in)

Width 1000 mm (40 in)

Height 1250 mm (49 in)

317X Series I Testhead (without Support Bay)

Length 1500 mm (59 in)

Width 870 mm (34 in)

Height 900 mm (35 in)

307X and 317X Series II Testhead (without Support Bay)

Length 1860 mm (73.5 in)

Width 820 mm (31 in)

Height 900 mm (35 in)

Page 56: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 4-9

Chapter 4: Site Preparation – Structural Requirements: Moving Access Requirements

327X Series II / 3 Testhead (without Support Bay)

Length 1150 mm (45 in)

Width 870 mm (34.2 in)

Height 900 mm (35 in)

327XPC Series 3 Testhead (without Support Bay)

Length (88.4 mm (3.5 in) longer than 327X) 1238 mm (48.5 in)

Width 870 mm (34.2 in)

Height 900 mm (35 in)

327X Series II Support Bay

Length 940 mm (37 in)

Width 600 mm (24 in)

Height 1320 mm (52 in)

327X Series II Quick Verify

Length 744 mm (29.3 in)

Width 600 mm (24 in)

Height 720 mm (28.3 in)

307X and 317X Series 3 Testhead (without Support Bay)

Length 1680 mm (66 in)

Width 790 mm (31 in)

Height 902 mm (35.5 in)

307XPC and 317X Series 3 Testhead (without Support Bay)

Length (88.4 mm (3.5 in) longer than 307X, 317X) 1765 mm (69.5 in)

Width 794 mm (31.3 in)

Height 907 mm (33.5 in)

Table 4-3 Dimensions of the uncrated system (continued)

System Type Dimension Measurement

Page 57: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 4-10

Chapter 4: Site Preparation – Structural Requirements: Moving Access Requirements

79000 Testhead Length 1410 mm (55.5 in)

Width 795 mm (31.3 in)

Height 902 mm (33.5 in)

3X79 POTS Bay Length 1080 mm (42.5 in)

Width 840 mm (33 in)

Height 1600 mm (63 in)

Table 4-3 Dimensions of the uncrated system (continued)

System Type Dimension Measurement

Page 58: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 4-11

Chapter 4: Site Preparation – Structural Requirements: Moving Access Requirements

Ramp RequirementsWhen moved on its casters, the testhead will negotiate ramps with inclines up to 8 percent before the leveling feet drag on the floor.

Hallway and Door Width RequirementsAs a rough guide, if you have room to move a 4-foot by 8-foot (1.25 m x 2.5 m) sheet of plywood, parallel to the floor, through hallways and doors, you will be able to move the crated testhead. If you cannot move the testhead crate all the way, you must remove it from its crate in a receiving area and push it on its casters to the destination.

Page 59: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 4-12

Chapter 4: Site Preparation – Structural Requirements: Storage Space Requirements

Storage Space Requirements

This section contains:

� Introduction, 4-12

� Backup Tape Storage, 4-12

� Documentation Storage, 4-12

� Fixture Storage, 4-13

IntroductionSetting up your Agilent 3070 / 79000 family board test system requires planning for storage. Obviously, you will need a handling and staging area for the boards you will be testing. Not so obviously, there are other things that you will need to store: backup tapes, system documentation, system fixtures, etc. If the system includes an 44990A EFS Board Handler, you will need to provide a place to store the cart that comes with the board handler. See the E44990A EFS Board Handler Manual, 44990-90004, for information on EFS storage dimensions.

Backup Tape StorageThe 3070 / 79000 family systems are reliable, but no system is safe against data loss due to system disk or computer failure. Always run system backups at regular intervals. Before the system is installed, plan for backup tape storage in the system area. To be safer still, always place a recent backup in a different area or building.

Documentation StorageYou will use system documentation often in the life of your 3070 / 79000 family system. Plan book shelf storage for the documentation near the system, where your people will be using it. Four of the system documents that you will need are:

� HP-UX manuals — These manuals discuss system administration and general HP-UX tasks. Plan for 30 centimeters (12 inches) of shelf space.

� Windows NT manuals - These manuals discuss system adminstration and general NT tasks. Plan for approximately 25 centimeters (10 inches) of shelf space.

� Agilent 3070 / 79000 Family System Support Log — The 3070 / 79000 Family System Support Log will contain the business cards of Agilent representatives, system license information, and any system repair history that your service representative chooses to archive. It is your reference to customer-performed preventive maintenance. Keep it close to the testhead for easy access by your system manager and the Agilent representatives. Plan for one binder 5 centimeters (2 inches) wide.

� Beginning with software revision B.02.75, 3070 / 79000 Family User manuals are only available online on the 3070 system, and on CD-ROM. They are not available printed, therefore no storage space is needed.

Page 60: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 4-13

Chapter 4: Site Preparation – Structural Requirements: Storage Space Requirements

Fixture StorageYou will have a significant investment in your system fixtures. They are precision machines and must be kept clean and undamaged. Plan safe and dust-free storage near the testhead for your fixtures.

You will receive a Pin Verification Fixture with the first testhead at your site to use to test the fixture interface pins of your systems. Be sure to keep the Pin Verification Fixture in your fixture storage area.

The following items are a collection of do’s and don’t’s with respect to fixture storage:

Don’t store fixtures on painted shelves. The bottom of the fixture will scrape small particles of paint off the shelf which will fall into and contaminate the testhead’s interface pins.

If possible, cover your fixtures when not in use, especially when the air contains a high level of particulates.

Don’t store fixtures on paper-, cardboard-, or carpet-covered surfaces. These materials could contain corrosive substances that would react with the fixture’s gold-plated personality pins.

Don’t store fixtures on wooden shelves. Wood splinters can be carried on the bottom of the fixture to the testhead, thereby contaminating testhead interface pins.

Don’t stack fixtures on top of one another.

Page 61: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 5-1

5555 Site Preparation – Environmental Requirements03066-90114 Rev. Z 06/2002

In this Chapter... � Air Quality Requirements, 5-2

� Air Temperature Requirements, 5-3

� Humidity Requirements, 5-5

IntroductionThe Agilent 3070 / 79000 family systems can operate in a wide range of environmental conditions, but do require some minimum site management for continued optimum use. This chapter provides site environment requirements for reliable use of 3070 / 79000 family systems, including air quality, air temperature, and humidity.

Page 62: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 5-2

Chapter 5: Site Preparation – Environmental Requirements: Air Quality Requirements

Air Quality Requirements

This section contains:

� Introduction, 5-2

� Corrosive Contaminants, 5-2

� Particulate Contaminants, 5-2

� Viscid Contaminants, 5-2

IntroductionAs a rule, good air quality is as important for the reliability of your 3070 / 79000 family system as it is for your production process. Three types of airborne contaminants are discussed below. The presence of any of these contaminants at the site will contribute to system degradation, resulting in lower reliability and higher operating costs.

Corrosive ContaminantsCorrosion is a complex form of material deterioration or destruction by chemical or electrochemical reaction. The presence of corrosive contaminants (gases) in the atmosphere is very common in industrial environments. If ignored, corrosion can eventually degrade system performance by its effects on high impedance circuits and low impedance interfaces. It can also deteriorate most plastics including software storage media. The effects of corrosive contaminants are usually accelerated at high humidities or high temperatures.

Corrosives generally cannot be filtered out of the air by normal filtration methods, and the techniques that must

be used for their removal are complex and costly. If the source of corrosive contaminants cannot be eliminated, the system should be installed in an enclosed environment with a fresh air supply at positive pressure.

Particulate ContaminantsParticulate contaminants (hard particles) consist of smoke, dust, hair, lint, fibers and miscellaneous organic and inorganic materials. The presence of these contaminants in the air can cause system degradation, especially where disk drives, test fixtures, and low impedance interfaces are concerned. Particulate contaminants can be filtered from the air, and appropriate filters should be included with any air conditioning installation. Also consider installing "No Smoking" signs in the area. Tobacco smoke is a well-known factor in fixture contact contamination. It causes false failures leading to unnecessary DUT repairs and higher production costs.

Viscid ContaminantsViscid contaminants are oily or sticky airborne substances that can be deposited on the system’s electronic and mechanical parts. Besides contributing directly to system degradation, viscid contaminants collect and hold particulate contaminants and make cleaning very difficult. Viscid contaminants can be removed from the air by filtration, but the elimination of their source, if possible, is preferable.

Page 63: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 5-3

Chapter 5: Site Preparation – Environmental Requirements: Air Temperature Requirements

Air Temperature Requirements

This section coontains:

� Introduction, 5-3

� Air Temperature Specifications, 5-3

� Cooling Requirements, 5-4

IntroductionThis section provides the temperature and cooling requirements for the 3070 / 79000 family systems. The requirements are summarized in Table 5-1, and discussed in detail in the remainder of this chapter.

Air Temperature SpecificationsThe 3070 / 79000 family board test system is designed to operate uninterrupted in an area where the air temperature is stable and in the range from 0 C to 40 C (32 F to 104 F), as measured at the tester-to-fixture interface.

The system has a built-in temperature sensor inside the testhead, located on the ASRU card. This sensor constantly monitors the temperature of the air that has been drawn through the testhead after it cools the

system components. If the temperature sensor finds that the air temperature inside the testhead has changed ±5 C (±9 F) since the last time the system ran AutoAdjust All, it will again run AutoAdjust All. Therefore, to ensure uninterrupted use, it is important that the ambient room temperature remain reasonably stable.

Table 5-1 Temperature and humidity ranges for operation and storage

Operating Temperature (measured at tester-to-fixture interface)

Operating Humidity Storage Temperature

Testhead 0 C to 40 C (32 F to 104 F) 5 to 80 percent non-condensing -40 C to 70 C (-40 F to 158 F)

Support Bay 0 C to 40 C (32 F to 104 F) 5 to 80 percent non-condensing -40 C to 70 C (-40 F to 158 F)

UX Controller 5 C to 40 C (41 F to 104 F) 20 to 80 percent non-condensing

-40 C to 65 C (-40 F to 149 F)

PC Controller 5 C to 40 C (41 F to 104 F) 15 to 80 percent non-condensing

-40 C to 70 C (-40 F to 158 F)

Page 64: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 5-4

Chapter 5: Site Preparation – Environmental Requirements: Air Temperature Requirements

NOTEThe air temperature inside the system is not considered stable until the system has been powered for at least 30 minutes.

If the sensor finds that the air temperature inside the system is too high, the system will shut down; typically, the over-temperature shutdown point is 55 C (131 F). See Cooling Requirements on page 5-4 for information

on air conditioning requirements. See Table 5-1 on page 5-3 for more temperature and humidity specifications.

Cooling RequirementsDesign the site cooling capability using the heat dissipation estimates in Table 5-2. The numbers are for testheads with fully loaded modules, Serial Test power supplies, and fully loaded support bays.

Table 5-2 System heat dissipation

Number of Modules Dissipation

3X7X Series I Testhead (with Support Bay)

1 Module 5100 BTU (1.5 kW)

2 Modules 8500 BTU (2.5 kW)

3 Modules 11900 BTU (3.5 kW)

4 Modules 15300 BTU (4.5 kW)

3X7X Series II, Series 3, including 3070PC, Testhead (with Support Bay)

1 Module 10500 BTU (3.1 kW)

2 Modules 19700 BTU (5.8 kW)

3 Modules 28500 BTU (8.4 kW)

4 Modules 3700 BTU (10.9 kW)

327X / 79000 1 Module 10500 BTU (2.5 kW)

3X79CT POTS Bay 8 Channels 8500 BTU (2.5 kW)

44900A EFS Board Handler 1000 BTU (0.3 kW)

Page 65: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 5-5

Chapter 5: Site Preparation – Environmental Requirements: Humidity Requirements

Humidity Requirements

The 3070 / 79000 family board test system is designed to operate in the range from 5 percent to 80 percent relative humidity (non-condensing).

If the system is subjected to condensation, as if moved from a cold loading dock into a warm (and damper) environment, allow at least 24 hours for the system to recover before powering up.

Page 66: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-1

6666 Site Preparation – Power Requirements03066-90114 Rev. Z 06/2002

In this Chapter... � Customer Responsibilities, 6-1

� How to use this Chapter, 6-1

� Identifying Your System, 6-2

� Power Requirements, 6-5

� Is PDU Re-wiring Necessary?, 6-11

� PDU Wiring Diagrams, 6-12

� Facts about PDUs, MPUs and Power Options, 6-41

Customer ResponsibilitiesIt is the customer’s responsibility to (a) prepare the site with adequate ac power for the system, and (b) connect the system to the ac power source. These are not Agilent’s responsibilities.

CAUTION

✸After connecting power to the system, do not power up the system. An Agilent service representative will verify the power and complete the system installation and verification.

How to use this Chapter1 Read Identifying Your System on page 6-2. You

must know what type of system you have and where the system’s PDU (there may two) is located to prepare your site.

2 Read Power Requirements on page 6-5. In most cases this section will describe all you need to do to prepare your site.

3 If you are connecting the system to a different power configuration than it is wired for, read Is PDU Re-wiring Necessary? on page 6-11.

To read about changes to 3070 / 79000 PDUs, MPUs (module power units) and power options over time, see Facts about PDUs, MPUs and Power Options on page 6-41.

NOTEBeginning in May 2001, only three power options are available for the 3070 / 79000 / E2197A systems:3PD — 200–240 V 3-phase Delta3PY — 208–220 V 3-phase Wye3PN — 380–415 V 3-phase Wye with neutral

Page 67: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-2

Chapter 6: Site Preparation – Power Requirements: Identifying Your System

Identifying Your System

The testhead product number and serial number are located on the rear of the testhead cradle.

If you are uncertain whether your 3070 system is a Series I, Series II, Series 3, or 79000:

� The Series I system does not have a "Series" logo, and does not have pods (integrated cabinets) on the sides of the testhead.

� The Series II system has the "Series II" logo on the front of the testhead, and it has wide pods on both sides of the testhead.

� The Series 3 system has the "Series 3" logo on the front of the testhead, and it has a wide pod only on the right side of the testhead.

� The 79000 system has the "79000" logo on the top of the testhead, and it has the wide pods on both sides of the testhead.

Figure 6-1 on page 6-3 shows rear views of the 3070 Series I and Series II systems.

Figure 6-2 on page 6-4 shows rear views of the 3070 Series 3 and 79000 systems.

NOTEAn older systems may have been upgraded to replace a PDU which was no longer available or for current reduction as described in Chapter 11, Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion. If so, you will have to manually compare the system wiring with the diagrams in the appendices to determine the existing wiring configuration.

About the PDUThroughout this chapter you will see references to a PDU (power distribution unit). The PDU is the device in the system to which you will connect ac power.

The PDU is wired differently for different power configurations. The voltage of the PDU is marked on the front panel of the PDU. If you install a system in a location in which the actual power does not match the power configuration of the PDU, you may need to rewire the outlet connections in the PDU (see Is PDU Re-wiring Necessary? on page 6-11.

Page 68: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-3

Chapter 6: Site Preparation – Power Requirements: Identifying Your System

Figure 6-1 Rear views of 3070 Series I and Series II systems

317X Series II Testhead

E1135A or E1135B PDU

317X Series I Testhead

307X Series II Testhead with Support Bay

307X Series I Testhead with Support Bay

SYS_ID.WPG

E1170-80003 PDK

PDU #1 (Main): E1135A orE1135B

PDU #2 (Branch): E1135A or E1135B

E1135A or E1135B PDU (Main) E1135A or E1135B PDU (Branch)

View with reardoor open

Port3

Port2

In0ut

E1135B or E1135C PDU (Main)

327X Series II Testhead

Page 69: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-4

Chapter 6: Site Preparation – Power Requirements: Identifying Your System

Figure 6-2 Rear views of 3070 Series 3 and 79000 systems

307X Series 3 Testhead with Support Bay

SYS_ID2.WPG

E1135B/C PDU (Main)

E1135B/C PDU (Main) E1135B/C PDU (Branch)(Single-phase options w/phase voltageless than 250 volts)

View with reardoor open

317X Series 3 Testhead

Port1Port0 Port2

Port3

In0ut

Port1Port0

Port3

Port2

In0ut

Port2Port3

E1135B or E1135C PDU (Main)

79000 Testhead

MainsDisconnect

MainsDisconnect Mains

Disconnect

Port3

Port2

In0ut

E1135B or E1135C PDU (Main)

327X Series 3 Testhead

Page 70: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-5

Chapter 6: Site Preparation – Power Requirements: Power Requirements

Power Requirements

This section contains:

� Mains Disconnect, 6-5

� Power Drop, 6-5

� Connecting Power to the PDU, 6-8

Mains DisconnectA mains disconnect — providing over-current and short-circuit protection — should be provided for the system. It may be a fused switch or a circuit breaker (see Figure 6-3 on page 6-6).

If a fused switch is used, it must:

� Be rated for 30 amps in each phase.

� Open all line conductors and neutral conductors where local code applies, but not the protective earth conductor.

� Be marked "Mains Disconnect" or the equivalent in your local language.

� Be marked with a "|" for the "On" position or "O" for the "Off" position.

� Be capable of being locked in the "Off" position, but not in the "On" position.

� Be installed as close to the system as possible, where it can be easily reached by the system operator.

If a circuit breaker is used, it must meet all of the above requirements plus:

� Be rated for a minimum of 10,000 amps interrupting capacity (AIC) if used on a 200–240 volt circuit, or 14,000 AIC if used on a higher voltage circuit.

Power Drop� A separate power drop should be provided for the

testhead due to its high current requirements.

� Separate power drops should be provided for xDSL and POTS bays.

� Copper wire should be used for the power drop.

� An electrician must determine the wire size for the power drop. The wires must be sized to ensure that the voltage at the system does not drop below 90 percent of nominal (see Calculating the Minimum Voltage on page 6-6).

� Convenience outlets should be provided near the system for external equipment such as programming stations, extra equipment bays, and automation equipment. Locate the outlets within one meter (three feet) of the device. See Chapter 3 to plan the location of convenience outlets. Convenience outlets should supply 20 amps at 100–120 volts or 10 amps at 200–240 volts.

Page 71: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-6

Chapter 6: Site Preparation – Power Requirements: Power Requirements

Calculating the Minimum VoltageThe voltage at the testhead must be at least 90 percent of nominal. To calculate the minimum rms voltage multiply the rms voltage by 0.9. To calculate the minimum peak voltage, multiply the rms voltage by 0.9 and then 1.414. For example:

208 volts rms * 0.9 = 187 volts rms208 volts rms * 0.9 * 1.414 = 265 volts peak

See Sizing the Input Wires and Circuit Breakers below.

Figure 6-3 Wiring diagram

Sizing the Input Wires and Circuit BreakersTable 6-1 on page 6-7 shows the full-load amps (FLA) for each system type. FLA was calculated as follows:

� For the 3X7X: a fully-loaded system with 3 STC cards in every module.

� For the 79000: a fully-loaded system with 6 STC cards in the module.

3070 / 79000 System

CircuitBreakeror Fuses

Pigtail+.wpg

PDU

AC voltage source

Power receptacle andpower cord from the PDU

Electricianmust determinethe conductor size

Customer-installed powerdrop and receptacle

MainsDisconnect

Voltage measured at the powerreceptacle or PDU, with thesystem on, must be +6%, -10% of nominal.

Page 72: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-7

Chapter 6: Site Preparation – Power Requirements: Power Requirements

Table 6-1 Series 3 and 79000 power requirements

PDU Power Option

Voltageline-to-neut / line-to-line Full-Load Amps (FLA) for:

327X 79000 317X 307X xDSL/POTS Bay

200–240V 3-Phase Delta 3PD

200220230240

13131313

14141414

18181818

24242424

12121212

208–220V 3-Phase Wyel 3PY

120 / 208127 / 220

1313

1414

1818

2424

1212

380–415V 3-Phase Wye w/Neutral 3PN

220 / 380230 / 400240 / 415

999

101010

101010

161616

101010

L1

L3 L2

G

L1

L3L2G

L1

L3L2

N

G

Page 73: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-8

Chapter 6: Site Preparation – Power Requirements: Power Requirements

Connecting Power to the PDUBeginning with the serial numbers shown in Table 6-2, all systems are shipped with SO1 power cords and plugs factory-wired to the PDU.

One of two different power cords and plugs are attached to the PDU depending on the country where the system will be installed:

� International — E1135-61610: uses 5x6 mm2 5-conductor cord with a IEC 60309 plug and mating receptacle (see Figure 6-4 on page 6-9).

� North America — E1135-61611: uses #10 AWG 5-conductor cord with NEMA plug that mates with NEMA L21-30 (see Figure 6-5 on page 6-10). The female receptacle is available locally.

1 Service with Oil resistant jacket

Table 6-2 Beginning serial numbers of systems shipped with power cords

System Type Testhead Product

Testhead Serial

307X E9900A US38240533

317X E9998A US38240410

327X E9997A US38240248

79000 E2190A US38050137

Page 74: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-9

Chapter 6: Site Preparation – Power Requirements: Power Requirements

Figure 6-4 3070 Series 3 - International 3-phase systems

3070 / 79000 System

PowerReceptacle

30A / 3-PhBreaker or3-30A Fuses

SO-Plug-International.wpg

PDU

2.5 m (8.2 ft) of 5x6mm2 SO cord, cord and male receptacle supplied by Agilent (E1135-61610)

Power cord withfemale receptacle

supplied by Agilent

Conductors andservice sized inaccordance withlocal codes

Site ac voltage source

Voltage measured at the powerreceptacle or PDU, with thesystem on, should be +6%, - 10% of nominal.

Any problems should bereported to the local electricianfor corrective action.

Page 75: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-10

Chapter 6: Site Preparation – Power Requirements: Power Requirements

Figure 6-5 3070 Series 3 - North American 3-phase systems

3070 / 79000 System

SO-Plug-NorthAmerica.wpg

PDU

2.5 m (8.2 ft) of #10 AWG 5 conductor SO Cord,cord and male receptacle supplied by Agilent(E1135-61611)

Power cord withfemale receptaclesupplied by the

customer

30A / 3-PhBreaker or3-30A Fuses

Conductors andservice sized inaccordance withlocal codes

Site ac voltage source

PowerReceptacle

Voltage measured at the powerreceptacle or PDU, with thesystem on, should be +6%, - 10% of nominal.

Any problems should bereported to the local electricianfor corrective action.

Page 76: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-11

Chapter 6: Site Preparation – Power Requirements: Is PDU Re-wiring Necessary?

Is PDU Re-wiring Necessary?

IntroductionRe-wiring the PDU is necessary only if you are connecting it to a different power configuration than it was wired for — not merely a different voltage, but a different configuration (see Table 6-3). See the examples below.

Suppose your system’s PDU is wired for 220 volts wye (option 3PY) and you want to connect it to:

1 208 volts wye (option 3PY)

No re-wiring is necessary; this is merely a voltage change and all internal components will handle 200 to 240 volts.

2 220 volts delta (option 3PD)

No re-wiring is necessary; options 3PY and 3PD have the same internal wiring.

3 220 volts wye with neutral (opt 3PN)

Re-wiring is necessary because the internal circuits are wired phase-to-neutral and the internal components would be under-powered. Whenever you

switch from a non-neutral to a neutral configuration, or vice versa, you must re-wire the PDU.

If you determine that re-wiring the PDU is necessary, go to PDU Wiring Diagrams on page 6-12.

Table 6-3 Power Options / Configurations

Power Options

Configuration Description1

1. Regardless of the power option, the internal system compo-nents always operates at 200–240 volts.

3PD 200–240 volts 3-phase DeltaIncludes 200V, 220V, 230V, 240V

3PY 208–220 volts 3-phase WyeIncludes 208V, 220V

3PN 380–415 volts 3-phase Wye with NeutralIncludes 380V, 400V, 415V

Page 77: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-12

Chapter 6: Site Preparation – Power Requirements: PDU Wiring Diagrams

PDU Wiring Diagrams

Table 6-4 on page 6-13 directs you where to find wiring diagrams in this chapter for 3070 Series 3 and 79000 testheads and E2197A xDSL / POTS bays.

If you have a Series I or Series II system, refer to Chapter 10, Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems.

NOTEBeginning in November 2000, only 3-phase power options are available for 3070, 79000 and E2197A products.

NOTEBeginning in May 2001, the PDU includes 20-centimeter-long (8-inch) power cords with female plugs hard-wired to the output terminal block. This means that the testhead outlet boxes can be unplugged rather than un-wired from the terminal block, making PDU replacement much easier. The following figures do not show this plug connection between the terminal block and the outlet boxes.

Page 78: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-13

Chapter 6: Site Preparation – Power Requirements: PDU Wiring Diagrams

Table 6-4 3070 Series 3 / 79000 PDU wiring diagram

PDU Power Option

Voltage line-to-neut / line-to-line

Testheads xDSL/POTS Bay

327X Outlet LocationsFigure 6-6 on page 6-15

79000 Outlet LocationsFigure 6-11 on page 6-20

317X Outlet LocationsFigure 6-16 on page 6-24

307X Outlet LocationsFigure 6-21 on page 6-28

Outlet locationsFigure 6-28 on page 6-36

200–240V 3-phase Delta 3PD 200 Figure 6-7 on page 6-16

Figure 6-12 on page 6-21

Figure 6-17 on page 6-25

Figure 6-22 on page 6-29, Figure 6-24 on page 6-31

Figure 6-29 on page 6-37

220 Figure 6-7 on page 6-16

Figure 6-12 on page 6-21

Figure 6-17 on page 6-25

Figure 6-22 on page 6-29, Figure 6-24 on page 6-31

Figure 6-29 on page 6-37

230 Figure 6-7 on page 6-16

Figure 6-12 on page 6-21

Figure 6-17 on page 6-25

Figure 6-22 on page 6-29, Figure 6-24 on page 6-31

Figure 6-29 on page 6-37

240 Figure 6-7 on page 6-16

Figure 6-12 on page 6-21

Figure 6-17 on page 6-25

Figure 6-22 on page 6-29, Figure 6-24 on page 6-31

Figure 6-29 on page 6-37

L1

L3 L2

G

Page 79: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-14

Chapter 6: Site Preparation – Power Requirements: PDU Wiring Diagrams

208–220V 3-Phase Wye 3PY 120 / 208 Figure 6-7 on page 6-16

Figure 6-12 on page 6-21

Figure 6-17 on page 6-25

Figure 6-22 on page 6-29, Figure 6-24 on page 6-31

Figure 6-29 on page 6-37

127 / 220 Figure 6-7 on page 6-16

Figure 6-12 on page 6-21

Figure 6-17 on page 6-25

Figure 6-22 on page 6-29, Figure 6-24 on page 6-31

Figure 6-29 on page 6-37

380–415V 3-Phase Wye w/Neutral 3PN 220 / 380 Figure 6-9 on page 6-18

Figure 6-14 on page 6-23

Figure 6-19 on page 6-27

Figure 6-25 on page 6-32,Figure 6-27 on page 6-34

Figure 6-31 on page 6-39

230 / 400 Figure 6-9 on page 6-18

Figure 6-14 on page 6-23

Figure 6-19 on page 6-27

Figure 6-25 on page 6-32, Figure 6-27 on page 6-34

Figure 6-31 on page 6-39

240 / 415 Figure 6-9 on page 6-18

Figure 6-14 on page 6-23

Figure 6-19 on page 6-27

Figure 6-25 on page 6-32, Figure 6-27 on page 6-34

Figure 6-31 on page 6-39

Table 6-4 3070 Series 3 / 79000 PDU wiring diagram

PDU Power Option

Voltage line-to-neut / line-to-line

Testheads xDSL/POTS Bay

L1

L3L2G

L1

L3L2

N

G

Page 80: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-15

Chapter 6: Site Preparation – Power Requirements: PDU Wiring Diagrams

327X 1-Module System AC Outlets

Figure 6-6 327X 1-module system

Outlet 2

Testhead (Rear View)

Outlet 3

Outlet 1

Page 81: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-16

Chapter 6: Site Preparation – Power Requirements: PDU Wiring Diagrams

Figure 6-7 327X Options 3PY, 3PD

32-111.wpg

AC mains inputcord/plug provided

Page 82: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-17

Chapter 6: Site Preparation – Power Requirements: PDU Wiring Diagrams

Figure 6-8 327X Options 3PY, 3PD

Page 83: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-18

Chapter 6: Site Preparation – Power Requirements: PDU Wiring Diagrams

Figure 6-9 327X Option 3PN

32-111n.wpg

AC mains inputcord/plug provided

Page 84: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-19

Chapter 6: Site Preparation – Power Requirements: PDU Wiring Diagrams

Figure 6-10 327X Option 3PN

Page 85: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-20

Chapter 6: Site Preparation – Power Requirements: PDU Wiring Diagrams

79000 1-Module System AC Outlets

Figure 6-11 79000 1-module system

Outlet 2

Testhead (Rear View) E2190_ol.wpg

Outlet 1

Outlet 3

Page 86: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-21

Chapter 6: Site Preparation – Power Requirements: PDU Wiring Diagrams

Figure 6-12 79000 Options 3PY, 3PD

79-111.wpg

AC mains inputcord/plug provided

Page 87: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-22

Chapter 6: Site Preparation – Power Requirements: PDU Wiring Diagrams

Figure 6-13 79000 Options 3PY, 3PD

Page 88: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-23

Chapter 6: Site Preparation – Power Requirements: PDU Wiring Diagrams

Figure 6-14 79000 Option 3PN

79-111n.wpg

AC mains inputcord/plug provided

Page 89: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-24

Chapter 6: Site Preparation – Power Requirements: PDU Wiring Diagrams

Figure 6-15 79000 Option 3PN

317X 2-Module System AC Outlets

Figure 6-16 317X 2-module system

Outlet 0

Testhead (Rear View)

Outlet 2

Outlet 3Outlet 1

Page 90: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-25

Chapter 6: Site Preparation – Power Requirements: PDU Wiring Diagrams

Figure 6-17 317X Options 3PY, 3PD

31-111.wpg

AC mains inputcord/plug provided

Page 91: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-26

Chapter 6: Site Preparation – Power Requirements: PDU Wiring Diagrams

Figure 6-18 317X Options 3PY, 3PD

Page 92: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-27

Chapter 6: Site Preparation – Power Requirements: PDU Wiring Diagrams

Figure 6-19 317X Option 3PN

31-111n.wpg

AC mains inputcord/plug provided

Page 93: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-28

Chapter 6: Site Preparation – Power Requirements: PDU Wiring Diagrams

Figure 6-20 317X Option 3PN

307X 4-Module System AC Outlets

Figure 6-21 307X 4-module system

Outlet 0

Support Bay(Rear View)

Testhead (Rear View)

Outlet 2

Outlet 3Outlet 1

Page 94: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-29

Chapter 6: Site Preparation – Power Requirements: PDU Wiring Diagrams

Figure 6-22 3070 Options 3PY, 3PD

AC mains inputcord/plug provided

30-111-1.wpg

Page 95: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-30

Chapter 6: Site Preparation – Power Requirements: PDU Wiring Diagrams

Figure 6-23 3070 Options 3PY, 3PD

Page 96: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-31

Chapter 6: Site Preparation – Power Requirements: PDU Wiring Diagrams

Figure 6-24 3070 Options 3PY, 3PD (support bay)

30-111-2.wpg

Page 97: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-32

Chapter 6: Site Preparation – Power Requirements: PDU Wiring Diagrams

Figure 6-25 3070 Option 3PN

30-111n-1.wpg

AC mains inputcord/plug provided

Page 98: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-33

Chapter 6: Site Preparation – Power Requirements: PDU Wiring Diagrams

Figure 6-26 3070 Option 3PN

Page 99: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-34

Chapter 6: Site Preparation – Power Requirements: PDU Wiring Diagrams

Figure 6-27 3070 Option 3PN (support bay)

30-111n-2.wpg

Page 100: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-35

Chapter 6: Site Preparation – Power Requirements: PDU Wiring Diagrams

E2197A xDSL/POTS Bay AC OutletsThe instruments in the xDSL/POTS bay, except the Kikusui power supply, are plugged into the E1135C PDU.

With the E2197A xDSL/POTS bay the 6811B ringer supply is plugged into the E1135C PDU and the isolation transformer is removed.

See the Telecom Theory and Repair Manual, Chapter 4, for additional information.

Page 101: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-36

Chapter 6: Site Preparation – Power Requirements: PDU Wiring Diagrams

Figure 6-28 E2197A xDSL / POTS Bay (shown with POTS options)

POTS-3ph.WPG

Outlet 1 -

LineFilter

PDU

MainsInput

5678

To Gnd

1234

To Gnd

See Table

See Table

See Table

See Table

Customer Instruments

200-240Volts

Page 102: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-37

Chapter 6: Site Preparation – Power Requirements: PDU Wiring Diagrams

Figure 6-29 E2197A xDSL / POTS Bay Options 3PD, 3PY

21-111.wpg

AC mains inputcord/plug provided

Page 103: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-38

Chapter 6: Site Preparation – Power Requirements: PDU Wiring Diagrams

Figure 6-30 E2197A xDSL / POTS Bay Options 3PD, 3PY

Page 104: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-39

Chapter 6: Site Preparation – Power Requirements: PDU Wiring Diagrams

Figure 6-31 E2197A xDSL / POTS Bay Option 3PN

21-111n.wpg

AC mains inputcord/plug provided

Page 105: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-40

Chapter 6: Site Preparation – Power Requirements: PDU Wiring Diagrams

Figure 6-32 E2197A xDSL / POTS Bay Option 3PN

Page 106: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-41

Chapter 6: Site Preparation – Power Requirements: Facts about PDUs, MPUs and Power Options

Facts about PDUs, MPUs and Power Options

� 79000 systems shipped prior to the 3070 Series 3 used one E1135B PDU in the testhead and those shipped shortly after the 3070 Series 3 used one E1135C PDU.

� Early shipments1 of Series 3 testheads used the E1135B PDU. Later shipments used the E1135C PDU.

� Module Power Units (MPUs) with Power Factor Corrected (PFC) Power One2 power supplies began shipping on Series II systems in January 1998. All Series 3 systems, both 3070 and 79000, have PFC Module Power Units (MPUs). PFC reduces crest current caused by switching power supplies. This resulted in a reduction in power consumption and service conductor size.

� Beginning with the release of Series 3, the controllers were plugged into 208–240 volt outlets, reducing service conductor size. The controller products requiring unswitched power were plugged into the PDU.

� Beginning with the release of Series 3, in 2-PDU single-phase systems, the outlet boxes were removed from the Support Bay and the DUT power supplies were connected directly to the outlets on the rear of the PDU in the Support Bay.

� Beginning in June 1999, the DUT power supplies were set to 220 or 2403 volts4 input in all systems, reducing the current demand and service conductor size.

� Beginning in June 1999, the equipment connected to the outlets on the E1135C in the 3070 were redistributed for improved load balancing.5

� Beginning in June 1999, all of the outlets on the rear panel of the E1135C PDU were changed to a two-circuit with four-outlets per circuit configuration.6

1 Shipped between July 24, 1998 and Sept. 4, 19982 Power One Power Factor Corrected (PFC) power supplies can be identified by model number: Non-PFC model number =

HPM5B2A8BEBQ5236 or PFC Model number = HPF5B2A8BEBQ5437. Plug J5 on the rear corner of the power supply is rotated 90degrees on the PFC model. The plug retaining clips are parallel to the short side of the supply on the PFC model and parallel to the longerbottom of the supply on the non-PFC model.

3 220 volts for 200–220 volts and 240 volts for 230–240 volts.4 See Chapter 11, Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion, for setting the DUT power supply input voltage.5 See the 3070 / 79000 Repair Manuals, Chapter 1B, for additional information.6 See the E1135C Power Distribution Unit Operating and Service Manual, E1135-90001, for additional information.

Page 107: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-42

Chapter 6: Site Preparation – Power Requirements: Facts about PDUs, MPUs and Power Options

� In June 1999, the followings changes were made to the Corporate Price List (CPL).

Removed Options:

05A (200 V 2-Phase Open Delta with Phase Center-Tap Neutral)

0EF (120/208–127/220 V 3-Phase Wye with Neutral) (Replaced by AWW)

Added Options:

0ED (200 V 3-phase Delta)

05C (220 V 3-phase Delta)

05H (230 V 3-phase Delta)

0E6 (240 V 3-phase Delta)

AWW (120/208 V 3-Phase Wye with Neutral (Replaced 0EF))

AWV (120/208 V Single-Phase Wye with Neutral)

AWZ (127/220 V Single-Phase Wye with Neutral)

AWY (100/200 V Single-Phase Center-Tap Neutral)

AWX (200 V Single-Phase Non-earthed)

� Series 3 current requirements were re-calculated and empirically checked, verifying lower current requirements when all the above enhancements were implemented.

� Beginning in July 2000, all three-phase systems were shipped with power cords. The power cord used is based on the power option and country code.

� Beginning in November 2000, power options are ordered on the E1135C PDU instead of the 3070 / 79000 / xDSL / POTS bays. For example: E1135C Opt. AWW is ordered instead of E99XXA Opt. AWW.

� Beginning in November 2000, only 3-phase power options are available for 3X7X and E2197A products.

� Beginning in May 2001, the PDU includes 20-centimeter-long (8-inch) power cords with female plugs hard-wired to the output terminal block. This means that the testhead outlet boxes can be unplugged rather than un-wired from the terminal block, making PDU replacement much easier. The following figures do not show this plug connection between the terminal block and the outlet boxes.

Page 108: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 6-43

Chapter 6: Site Preparation – Power Requirements: Facts about PDUs, MPUs and Power Options

� In May 2001, the number of power options was reduced from nine to three and changed as shown in Table 6-5.

Table 6-5 New Power Options

NEW Power

Options

Description1 OLD Power

Options

Description

(line-to-neutral / line-to-line)

3PD 200–240 V 3-phase Delta 0ED 200 V 3-phase Delta

05C 220 V 3-phase Delta

05H 230 V 3-phase Delta

0E6 240 V 3-phase Delta

3PY 208–220 V 3-phase Wye AWW 120 / 208 V 3-phase Wye with Neutral

05E 127 / 220 V 3-phase Wye with Neutral

3PN 380–415 V 3-phase Wye with Neutral 0E5 220 / 380 V 3-phase Wye with Neutral

05L 230 / 400 V 3-phase Wye with Neutral

0E7 240 / 415 V 3-phase Wye with Neutral1. Regardless of the power option, the system always operates at 200–240 volts.

Page 109: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 7-1

7777 Site Preparation – Compressed Air and Vacuum Requirements03066-90114 Rev. Z 06/2002

In this Chapter... � Compressed Air Requirements, 7-2

� Vacuum Requirements, 7-4

� Compressed Air and Vacuum Primer, 7-19

IntroductionBoth compressed (or pressurized) air and vacuum are used in the Agilent 3070 / 79000 testhead. Compressed air is used primarily to secure the test fixture to the testhead. Vacuum is used primarily to actuate the test fixture: that is, to make contact between the board under test and the probes in the fixture. Compressed air is sometimes also used for air-assisted, solenoid-actuated valves used to switch the vacuum, and for air-actuated test fixtures.

The site preparation requirements for compressed air and vacuum are different depending on the type of testhead you are preparing the site for. This chapter describes those requirements. For more about compressed air and vacuum principles and terminology, see the short Compressed Air and Vacuum Primer on page 7-19.

Page 110: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 7-2

Chapter 7: Site Preparation – Compressed Air and Vacuum Requirements: Compressed Air Requirements

Compressed Air Requirements

This section contains:

� Connecting Air to the Testhead, 7-2

� Compressed Air Specifications, 7-2

� Air Quality, 7-3

The Agilent 3070 / 79000 family uses compressed air to pressurize air cylinders that actuate fixture pull-down towers. Pull-down towers are used to pull and hold a fixture down onto the testhead, enabling contact

between the pins on the fixture and the spring-loaded interface pins in the testhead.

Compressed Air SpecificationsTable 7-1 shows the compressed air specifications for the 3070 / 79000 family systems. The air flow rates when using Performance Port are the maximum that could be needed. Some installations might require lower volumes.

Connecting Air to the TestheadInstall compressed air lines using rigid line to a point near the testhead. An air cutoff valve is recommended

for situations when the air line must be disconnected.

When the system is installed, connect the air to the testhead with a flexible line that has a Hansen Series

Table 7-1 Compressed air specifications for 3070 / 79000 systems

Description Measurement

Maximum Pressure for Testhead Only 1035 kPa (150 psi)

Minimum Pressure for Testhead with Performance Port 690 kPa (100 psi)

Minimum Pressure for Testhead Only 480 kPa (70 psi)

Minimum Flow Rate for Testhead Only 0.66 l/s at STP (1.4 SCFM) 1

Minimum Flow Rate for Testhead with Performance Port 7.1 l/s at STP (15 SCFM)

Relative Humidity allowed 70% for compressed air (150 psi) at 25 degrees C50% for compressed air (150 psi) at 40 degrees CDew point must be not more than 5 degrees C

1. l/s is liters per second. STP is standard temperature and pressure. SCFM is standard cubic feet per minute. See the Com-pressed Air and Vacuum Primer on page 7-19.

Page 111: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 7-3

Chapter 7: Site Preparation – Compressed Air and Vacuum Requirements: Compressed Air Requirements

3000 Push-tite 1/4-inch female coupling or equivalent (Agilent PN 0100-1655). The testhead air input connector is shown in Figure 7-1 on page 7-3.

Figure 7-1 Compressed air connection to the testhead

Air QualityThe compressed air must be oil-free and must meet the humidity specifications in Table 7-1. We recommend that the air be filtered to remove contaminants such as oil and aerosols. The filter should filter 0.3-micron particles.

AIR2.WPG

03066-67911

Air Output forexternal

applications

Air Inputconnector on

rear of testhead

Air regulatorinside testhead

0100-1655female

coupling

Page 112: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 7-4

Chapter 7: Site Preparation – Compressed Air and Vacuum Requirements: Vacuum Requirements

Vacuum Requirements

This section contains:

� Vacuum System, 7-4

� Vacuum Recommendations, 7-4

� Connecting Vacuum to the Testhead, 7-5

� Vacuum Guidelines, 7-9

� Vacuum Examples, 7-9

� Vacuum Control Assembly, 7-17

Vacuum SystemThe Agilent 3070 / 79000 family system uses vacuum (with vacuum-actuated test fixtures) to pull the board

under test down onto test probes. Because of the different sizes of test systems, test fixtures, and the variety of boards that can be tested, vacuum requirements can vary significantly.

Agilent recommends that you work with a qualified vendor of vacuum pumps that can give you advice based on your requirements.

Vacuum RecommendationsTable 7-2 shows the vacuum recommendations for a typical 3070 / 79000 family system.

Table 7-2 Vacuum recommendations for 3070 / 79000 systems

Description Measurement

Recommended Flow Rate of Pump

18.9 l/s at STP (40 SCFM)1 Use this value as a guideline. Vacuum specification is dependent on the fixture, not the Agilent 3070 / 79000 testhead. Agilent has found this specification will pull down most fixtures.

Pressure Performance 50 kPa (7.2 psi)1

Vacuum Control Ports available for controlling external vacuum valves

4 vacuum control ports: switched 24 volts dc, 750 milliamps maximum per port

1. l/s is liters per second. STP is standard temperature and pressure. SCFM is standard cubic feet per minute. psi is pounds per square inch. See the Compressed Air and Vacuum Primer on page 7-19.

Page 113: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 7-5

Chapter 7: Site Preparation – Compressed Air and Vacuum Requirements: Vacuum Requirements

Connecting Vacuum to the TestheadAgilent 3070 Series I and Series II testheads do not have vacuum-switching solenoids (valves)1 inside the testhead, so external vacuum solenoids must be installed near the testhead to control the vacuum. If vacuum hoses need to be disconnected from the testhead in order to service it, you can switch off the vacuum using the external solenoids.

The 3070 Series 3 and 79000 testheads have vacuum solenoids (valves) inside the testhead, so they usually do not need external vacuum solenoids. In order to turn off vacuum and remove the vacuum hoses before servicing this testhead, you should install a vacuum cut-off valve near the system.

Figure 7-2 on page 7-6 shows the four vacuum ports at the back of the 307X Series I and II testhead and their outlets near the modules. Figure 7-3 on page 7-7 shows the 317X Series I and II vacuum ports and outlets. Figure 7-4 on page 7-8 shows the vacuum port locations on 3X7X and 79000 Series 3 systems. The vacuum manifolds shown are a part of the optional vacuum system for 317X and 307X Series 3 systems.

1 There is an exception: any one-module (327X) Series I, II or 3 or 79000 testhead always includes one internal vacuum solenoid valve. A second internal vacuum solenoid valve is optional.

Page 114: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 7-6

Chapter 7: Site Preparation – Compressed Air and Vacuum Requirements: Vacuum Requirements

Figure 7-2 307X Series I, II vacuum ports

Vacuum Outlet 2

site_prep5.wpg

Top of Testhead

Rear of Testhead

2 3

0 1

Vacuum Ports,1-inch, maleconnectors

Vacuum Outlet 0

Vacuum Outlet 3 Vacuum Outlet 1

Page 115: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 7-7

Chapter 7: Site Preparation – Compressed Air and Vacuum Requirements: Vacuum Requirements

Figure 7-3 317X Series I, II system vacuum ports

Vacuum Outlet 2

Vacuum Outlet 3

site_prep18.wpg

Top of Testhead

Rear of Testhead2 3

Vacuum Ports,1-inch maleconnectors

Page 116: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 7-8

Chapter 7: Site Preparation – Compressed Air and Vacuum Requirements: Vacuum Requirements

Figure 7-4 3X7X Series 3 and 79000 vacuum port locations

307X Series 3 Testhead with Support Bay

E1135C PDU (Main)

E1135C PDU (Main) E1135C PDU (Branch)

View with reardoor open

317X Series 3 Testhead

Port2Port3

In0ut

Port3

Port2

In0ut

E1135B or E1135C PDU (Main)

79000 Testhead

Port1Port0 Port2

Port3

In

E1135C PDU (Main)

3279 Series 3 Testhead

0ut

Port3 Port2Optional Optional

E9998-632002-Module Manifold*

E9900-632004-Module Manifold

*Note: The E9998-63200 manifold will not work on the 3279 or 79000 testhead

In0ut

Page 117: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 7-9

Chapter 7: Site Preparation – Compressed Air and Vacuum Requirements: Vacuum Requirements

Vacuum GuidelinesKeep these additional guidelines in mind as you design your system:

CAUTION

✸Vacuum pumps installed for the tester should be installed outside or vented outside in order to prevent the vacuum pump from exhausting oil-bearing air or carbon fragments in areas where there are people.

� Use the largest diameter of pipe practical from the vacuum pump to the testhead area. This diminishes vacuum loss due to friction in the piping (especially at bends), and provides a demand reservoir.

� Agilent also recommends that a filter be installed between the vacuum supply and the testhead to prevent dirt or contaminants from being sucked through the test fixture into the vacuum supply.

Vacuum ExamplesThis section shows some of the vacuum control schemes possible for the 3070. The pressure meters, flow meter, and filter in these examples are optional but recommended.

If the vacuum manifold is used, a 2-inch vacuum hose should be used. If vacuum ports are connected individually, a 1-inch vacuum hose must be used.

Figure 7-5 on page 7-10 is a schematic representation of a two-module 307X system with one vacuum control output used to control both vacuum ports 2 and 3. The vacuum control solenoid is shown to be one of the air-piloted types, thus the compressed air line to the device.

Figure 7-6 on page 7-11 shows a four-module 307X system with separate control of each vacuum port. This arrangement allows each vacuum port to be actuated separately, but this flexibility requires the expense of four solenoid valves and filters. The size and type of boards you test may make it unnecessary for you to individually control the four ports. If all the boards that you test are large and require all four modules, there is no reason to individually control the four ports.

Figure 7-7 on page 7-12 shows a four-module 307X system with two solenoid valves and two manual vacuum valves.

In this example, the two solenoid valves always control one port, but each may control a second vacuum port if a manual valve is opened.

Page 118: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 7-10

Chapter 7: Site Preparation – Compressed Air and Vacuum Requirements: Vacuum Requirements

Figure 7-5 24-Vdc air-piloted solenoid vacuum example

Support Bay

Testhead

0 1

2 3

Air Line

VacuumSource

PressureMeter

24 VdcAir-PilotedSolenoid

Filter

site_prep3.wpg

1-inch flexibletubing

Page 119: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 7-11

Chapter 7: Site Preparation – Compressed Air and Vacuum Requirements: Vacuum Requirements

Figure 7-6 Individually activated vacuum port control example

Support Bay

Testhead

0 1

2 3

Air Line

VacuumSource

PressureMeter

24 Vdc Solenoid Filters site_prep2.wpg

Page 120: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 7-12

Chapter 7: Site Preparation – Compressed Air and Vacuum Requirements: Vacuum Requirements

Figure 7-7 Vacuum with manual cutoff example

Support Bay

Testhead

0 1

2 3

VacuumSource

PressureMeter

24 VdcSolenoid Filter

site_prep4.wpg

FlowMeter

24 VdcSolenoid

Filter

ManualValve

ManualValve

Page 121: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 7-13

Chapter 7: Site Preparation – Compressed Air and Vacuum Requirements: Vacuum Requirements

Figure 7-8 on page 7-14 shows the 317X with the E9945A vacuum option installed.1 Figure 7-9 on page 7-15 shows the 307X with the E9946A vacuum option installed. Figure 7-10 on page 7-16 shows the 3279 and 79000 with the E9945A vacuum option installed.

The factory default relay wiring is shown; however, the vacuum solenoid (valve) is not voltage polarity sensitive. The vacuum solenoid valves are air pressure assisted with 280 kPa (40 psi) applied to each valve. A vacuum filter is not shown, since the air passes through the vacuum solenoid before the filter; however, you may desire to install a filter to keep vacuum lines from picking up unwanted materials.

1 Vacuum valve inside diameter (ID) is 0.75 inch and outside diameter (OD) is 1.5 inches.

Page 122: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 7-14

Chapter 7: Site Preparation – Compressed Air and Vacuum Requirements: Vacuum Requirements

Figure 7-8 317X Series 3 with E9945A vacuum option

VacuumSource Pressure

MeterS3SiteP4

Port 3

+_

+_

+_

+_

+_

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12RemoteShutdownJumper

+_

+_+_

+_

+_

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1 0

1 1

1 2

Relay 2

Relay 1

Relay 3

Relay 4

Relay 5

Port 2

System Card

E9998-632002-Module Manifold

PressureMeter

2-inch Vacuum HoseManual Cut-off Valve

E9945A Vacuum components shown above the dotted line

Vacuum components below the dotted line are customer supplied

Page 123: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 7-15

Chapter 7: Site Preparation – Compressed Air and Vacuum Requirements: Vacuum Requirements

Figure 7-9 307X Series 3 with E9946A vacuum option

E9946A Vacuum components shown above the dotted line

Vacuum components below the dotted line are customer supplied

VacuumSource Pressure

MeterS3Sitep3.wpg

Port 3

+_

+_

+_

+_

+_

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12RemoteShutdownJumper

+_

+_+_

+_

+_

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1 0

1 1

1 2

Relay 2

Relay 1

Relay 3

Relay 4

Relay 5

Port 2

Port 1

Port 0

E9900-632004-Module Manifold

System Card

2-inch Vacuum HoseManual Cut-off Valve

Page 124: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 7-16

Chapter 7: Site Preparation – Compressed Air and Vacuum Requirements: Vacuum Requirements

Figure 7-10 3279 and 79000 vacuum system with optional vacuum valve

VacuumSource Pressure

Meter79KSitep.wpg

Port 3

+_

+_

+_

+_

+_

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12RemoteShutdownJumper

+_

+_+_

+_

+_

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

Relay 2

Relay 1

Relay 3

Relay 4

Relay 5

Port 2

StandardVacuum Valve

System Card

PressureMeter

2-inch Vacuum Hose

Manual Cut-off Valve

Optional Vacuum ValveE3770-67900

Standard/Optional Vacuum components shown above the dotted line

Vacuum components below the dotted line are customer supplied

Page 125: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 7-17

Chapter 7: Site Preparation – Compressed Air and Vacuum Requirements: Vacuum Requirements

Vacuum Control AssemblyThe Agilent E4047A Vacuum Control Assembly and Installation Kit, shown in Figure 7-11, contains everything necessary to connect the main vacuum supply line to the board test system without internal vacuum valves.

The E4047A Vacuum Control Assembly is a pre-assembled metal housing. Features include two 24 Vdc, air-assisted, 3-way vacuum solenoid-actuated valves; in-line vacuum filters; air pressure regulator; manual valve for 1-channel or 2-channel operation.

Page 126: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 7-18

Chapter 7: Site Preparation – Compressed Air and Vacuum Requirements: Vacuum Requirements

Figure 7-11 E4047A vacuum control assembly

25

20

15

10

5

030

KAYP neum at i cs

P neum at i cs

KAY

Page 127: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 7-19

Chapter 7: Site Preparation – Compressed Air and Vacuum Requirements: Compressed Air and Vacuum Primer

Compressed Air and Vacuum Primer

This section contains:

� Introduction, 7-19

� Compressed Air, 7-19

� Vacuum, 7-19

IntroductionThere are two key concepts involved in understanding the compressed air and vacuum requirements for the Agilent 3070 / 79000 system. The first is pressure and the second is flow rate.

Pressure is the force per unit area that a gas exerts on a surface. If zero is used as a reference, the measurement of pressure is called “absolute”; if the local atmospheric pressure is used as a reference, the measurement is called “gage.” Although atmospheric pressure varies with altitude and weather, gage pressure is typically used for engineering measurements, so it is used in this manual. A pressure value below zero gage is considered a vacuum.

Common units for measuring pressure are kilopascals (kPa), pounds per square inch (psi), and atmospheres (atm).

Flow rate is the quantity of a gas moving through a given area per unit of time. Since air is compressible, you must know both the speed and pressure of the air when measuring the flow rate. To reduce confusion, the industry has agreed on a standard set of conditions for flow rate measurements called “standard temperature and pressure” (STP). The standard temperature is zero

degrees Celsius (32 degrees Fahrenheit), and the standard pressure is one atmosphere (101.3 kPa or 14.7 psi).

Common units for measuring flow rate are liters per second (l/s) and cubic feet per minute (CFM). When using standard conditions, the units are written as “l/s at STP” or “SCFM” (standard cubic feet per minute).

Compressed AirThe 3070 uses compressed air to activate both the fixture pull-down towers and the vacuum valves. The 3070 also provides an outlet for supplying air to accessory equipment such as handlers and air assisted fixtures.

The minimum pressure needed is 480 kPa (70 psi). The 3070 has an internal regulator to restrict the maximum pressure inside the system to 550 kPa (80 psi).

The flow rate needed is dependent on how often fixtures are changed, but is generally much less than what is available in most production areas. Additional air (flow rate) may be needed to supply the outlet for custom fixtures or presses depending on their requirements.

VacuumThe 3070 doesn’t use any vacuum directly, rather the vacuum is used by the fixture to pull a device under test (DUT) onto the probes. The 3070 provides valves, plumbing and control to assist in supplying vacuum to the customer’s fixture.

Page 128: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 7-20

Chapter 7: Site Preparation – Compressed Air and Vacuum Requirements: Compressed Air and Vacuum Primer

The pressure requirements for vacuum come from the need to compress the probes, fixture springs and seals. Since most commercial vacuum systems operate around 50 kPa (7.5 psi), vacuum fixtures are limited in their ability to handle DUTs with high probe densities. If the sum of the probe, spring and seal forces divided by the area of the DUT is above 48 kPa (7 psi) the fixture will not be able to properly pull the DUT onto the probes.

The flow requirements for vacuum come from fixture leaks, number of fixture cycles per minute, the size of the DUT and the need to quickly evacuate the fixture to make a good seal around the DUT. Due to the variability of these factors, it is difficult to provide an exact flow rate recommendation. Agilent has found that a flow rate of 19 l/s (40 SCFM) will pull down most fixtures.

Page 129: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 8-1

8888 Site Preparation – Communications Cabling Requirements03066-90114 Rev. Z 06/2002

In this Chapter... � Local Area Network Requirements, 8-2

� Gathering Configuration Information for UNIX Startup and Networking, 8-10

� Gathering Configuration Information for MS Windows Networking, 8-13

Page 130: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 8-2

Chapter 8: Site Preparation – Communications Cabling Requirements: Local Area Network Requirements

Local Area Network Requirements

This section contains:

� Introduction, 8-2

� Agilent Local Area Network Plan, 8-2

� Sample 3070 Series I Network Scheme, 8-2

� Agilent 3070 Series II Networking, 8-5

� Agilent 3070 Series 3 / 79000 Networking, 8-7

IntroductionYour Agilent 3070 / 79000 family board test system communicates with other systems via IEEE 802.3 Local Area Networking. All the necessary software and licensing comes with the system, but you will need to purchase and install the LAN cabling and associated LAN hardware external to the system. For help, contact your area’s Agilent Local Area Network specialist.

Begin planning your LAN with the steps below, depending on whether you have an existing LAN on-site:

� If you already have a facility LAN — With a Local Area Network already in place, all you need to do is work with your facility LAN expert to integrate the 3070 / 79000 system into your LAN.

� If you do not have facility LAN — If the 3070 / 79000 system will be your first LAN system, now is the time to make your Local Area Network plans. Time spent preparing for LAN will save

expense and trouble in the future. For help, contact your area’s Agilent LAN specialist. Designate a LAN manager at your site, and begin developing that person’s expertise.

Agilent Local Area Network PlanBe sure to add LAN planning to your system plan drawing. Show how the system relates to existing LAN and planned LAN growth. Your Agilent representative will use it when the system is installed.

Sample 3070 Series I Network Scheme1

The 3070 Series I family systems are shipped with a recommended list of host names and IP addresses. The ’/etc/hosts’ and ’/etc/netlinkrc’ files contain the suggested names and addresses. If you are connecting to a facility LAN, or if you ever plan to connect to a facility LAN in the future, you will need to change the IP addresses. Even if you need to change the IP addresses, you should consider using the suggested naming convention. The remainder of this section describes the recommended naming convention.

The sample ’/etc/hosts’ file sets up nine 3070 Series I systems:

hp3070a hp3070b hp3070c hp3070d

1 This networking configuration is no longer supported.

Page 131: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 8-3

Chapter 8: Site Preparation – Communications Cabling Requirements: Local Area Network Requirements

hp3070e hp3070f hp3070g hp3070h hp3070i

Each of these systems may have up to five diskless workstations (called Test Development Stations). For example, hp3070a could have these workstations:

Figure 8-1 on page 8-4 shows a small network that uses this scheme.

In Figure 8-1 on page 8-4, there are three 3070 Series I systems. hp3070a, hp3070b, and hp3070c are systems with disks. These could be either testhead controllers or Test Development Centers; from the LAN standpoint it does not matter.

hp3070a has no workstations, known as Test Development Stations, associated with it. Only the hp3070a boots from the disk that is connected to it. Perhaps this system is a testhead with high usage.

hp3070b has two workstations with it: hp3070b1 and hp3070b2. These two nodes share the disk connected to hp3070b, and they boot from that disk. This could be a board test system or a Test Development Center. Note that if the system has a testhead, the disk and the controller must serve two Test Development Stations as well as the testhead, and that could slightly slow the system’s test throughput.

hp3070c has five workstations associated with it. This configuration probably makes the most sense if hp3070c is a Test Development Center. The cluster around

hp3070c might be used by a program development group.

Even a small network can be set up in many different ways. It is important to carefully plan for your needs before installing the LAN so that the configuration can provide maximum flexibility and benefit.

Install the LAN CablingBefore the 3070 / 79000 family system is delivered, install and test the external LAN interface cabling.

Page 132: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 8-4

Chapter 8: Site Preparation – Communications Cabling Requirements: Local Area Network Requirements

Figure 8-1 An example of 3070 Series I family networkp3070a5

hp3070a

hp3070b1

hp3070b1

hp3070b

hp3070c1 hp3070c2 hp3070c3

hp3070c4 hp3070c5

hp3070csitep13.wpg

Page 133: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 8-5

Chapter 8: Site Preparation – Communications Cabling Requirements: Local Area Network Requirements

Agilent 3070 Series II NetworkingNetworking is very versatile with the 3070 Series II system. Before installing the Series II system, fill in the table below with the system name and IP address of the testhead controller and every other new controller in your Series II network.

An example of the 3070 Series II internal testhead and external LAN connections is shown in Figure 8-2 on page 8-6. The optional LAN/Gateway is only used if a HP 9000 712/60/100 controller is used. All other Series 700 controllers have an GPIB card installed in the controller.

Install the LAN CablingBefore the 3070 / 79000 family system is delivered, install and test the external LAN interface cabling.

System Name IP Address

Testhead Controller

Other Controller #1

Other Controller #2

Page 134: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 8-6

Chapter 8: Site Preparation – Communications Cabling Requirements: Local Area Network Requirements

Figure 8-2 An example of 3070 Series II network

15.3.112.3Optional LAN/Gateway for712/60/100 Controllers only

15.3.112.2Sys Card

HUB

10BaseT

50 � Terminator1250-0207

Test DevelopmentCenter

Router /Gatewayas needed

Public LAN /Backbone

Public LAN /Backbone

System 1 on Hub

System 2..n on Hub

s2lan

TestheadController

BNC Tee1250-0781

To HP-IBDevices

Test DevelopmentStation

External Site Lan

Internal Testhead Lan

Mod. 0Control

Mod. 1Control

Mod. 2Control

Module 3Control

10Base2

Control Cables E1170-61604

Page 135: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 8-7

Chapter 8: Site Preparation – Communications Cabling Requirements: Local Area Network Requirements

Agilent 3070 Series 3 / 79000 NetworkingNetworking with the 3070 / 79000 system has been simplified by having all test servers contain a hard drive. The concept of a diskless work workstation has been eliminated with 3070 Series 3 and the 79000. The test servers are connected to the LAN the same way as any other servers.

With software revision B.03.00 in each testhead the LAN has been extended to the ControlXT cards, as shown in Figure 8-3 on page 8-8. Each external site LAN interface (LAN0) must have a unique IP address, but the internal testhead LAN interface (LAN1) within each system is identical, including identical System Card and ControlXT Card LAN addresses. However, the hardware address for each System Card and ControlXT is unique. The hardware address, not to be confused with the LAN address, is assigned at the factory and is marked on each card. See the Repair manuals for information on how to read and change the system files to match the hardware address of the cards in the system.

The 3070 with MS Windows networking, shown in Figure 8-4 on page 8-9, is very similar to the 3070 with HP-UX networking. The major change is the internal IP addresses.

Install the LAN CablingBefore the 3070 / 79000 family system is delivered, install and test the external LAN interface cabling.

Page 136: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 8-8

Chapter 8: Site Preparation – Communications Cabling Requirements: Local Area Network Requirements

Figure 8-3 An example 3070 Series 3 / 79000 network

*15.3.112.2Sys Card

*15.3.112.4Mod. 0

ControlXT

*15.3.112.5Mod. 1

ControlXT

*15.3.112.6Mod. 2

ControlXT

*15.3.112.7Mod. 3

ControlXT

HUB

10Base2Converter

10BaseT

50 � Terminator1250-0207

50 � Terminator1250-2076

TestServer

TestServer

Router /Gatewayas needed

Public LAN /Backbone

Public LAN /Backbone

System 1 on Hub

System 2..n on Hub

s3lan

0960-1009

10Base2

TestheadController

BNC Tee1250-0781

External Site Lan

To ACPower

Control CablesE4000-61628

10BaseT

*15.3.112.1 for HP-UX

* 15.x.xxx.x becomes 10.x.xxx.x beginning with systems shipped in May 2000

Page 137: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 8-9

Chapter 8: Site Preparation – Communications Cabling Requirements: Local Area Network Requirements

Figure 8-4 An example 3070 Series 3 3070 MS Windows network

10.3.112.2Sys Card

10.3.112.4Mod. 0

ControlXT

10.3.112.5Mod. 1

ControlXT

10.3.112.6Mod. 2

ControlXT

10.3.112.7Mod. 3

ControlXT

HUB

10Base2Converter

10BaseT

50 � Terminator1250-0207

50 � Terminator1250-2076

TestServer

TestServer

Router /Gatewayas needed

Public LAN /Backbone

Public LAN /Backbone

System 1 on Hub

System 2..n on Hub

s3-PClan.wpg

0960-1009

10Base2

TestheadController

BNC Tee1250-0781

External Site Lan

To ACPower

Control CablesE4000-61628

10BaseT

10.3.112.10 for PC

Page 138: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 8-10

Chapter 8: Site Preparation – Communications Cabling Requirements: Gathering Configuration Information for UNIX Startup and Networking

Gathering Configuration Information for UNIX Startup and Networking

Use this section as a tool to gather necessary information from the network administrator so it can be entered when the system is set up.

Choose from the two situations below and follow the associated instructions.

� If the UNIX-based controller WILL NOT be connected to a network:

Complete only the first two items (Hostname (Required even if the system is non-networked) and IP Address) in Table 8-1.

� If the UNIX-based controller WILL be connected to a network:

Complete Table 8-1.

CAUTION

✸Do not configure to a DHCP network server. Factory tests have shown this configuration to be unstable.

NOTEDNS and NIS are the only supported network protocols for UNIX systems.

Page 139: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 8-11

Chapter 8: Site Preparation – Communications Cabling Requirements: Gathering Configuration Information for UNIX Startup and Networking

Table 8-1 HP-UX LAN configuration information

Task (Network Parameter) Write System Information Here Description

CAUTION

✸Consult with the network administrator. Incorrect entries can cause system and network conflicts and errors.

1 Hostname(Required even if the system is non-networked)

The name by which this controller will be known. It must contain no more than eight characters, contain only letters, numbers, underscore (_), or hyphen (-), and start with a letter.

NOTEUpper-case letters are not recommended.

The first component of a host name should contain no more than eight characters, for compatibility with the uname command.

2 IP Address

(Required even if the system is non-networked) . . .

Supply a network IP address for this system ORIf not connecting to a network, supply an IP address that will not be a conflict should this system should ever get connected to a network.

3 Will this system be connected to a network?

[ ] Yes [ ] No Select either Yes or No. If selecting no, make no further entry in this table.

4 Subnetwork Mask . . .

The subnetwork mask address ignores information that is not specific to the local network.

5 Gateway Host Name The machine designated to connect outside of the subnet. If there is not a designated machine for this, use the Hostname (Required even if the system is non-networked) from Task 1.

6 Gateway IP Address. . .

The address designated to connect outside of the subnet. If there is not a designated address for this, use the IP Address from Task 2.

Page 140: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 8-12

Chapter 8: Site Preparation – Communications Cabling Requirements: Gathering Configuration Information for UNIX Startup and Networking

7 Local Domain Name The company domain name.

8 DNS Server Hostname (Domain Name System)

If configuring DNS, the local network DNS server name.Do not complete if configuring for NIS.

9 DNS Server IP Address. . .

If configuring DNS, the local network DNS server IP address.Do not complete if configuring for NIS

10 NIS Domain Name If configuring NIS, the local NIS server name.Do not complete if configuring for DNS.

NOTEMost systems do not use NIS.

11 Wait for NIS Server on Bootup? [ ] Yes [ ] No If configuring NIS, select either Yes or No.Do not complete if configuring for DNS.

12 Will this TDS be a Font Server? [ ] Yes [ ] No Select either Yes or No. Ask yourself, will X-terminals be served by this system?

Table 8-1 HP-UX LAN configuration information (continued)

Task (Network Parameter) Write System Information Here Description

Page 141: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 8-13

Chapter 8: Site Preparation – Communications Cabling Requirements: Gathering Configuration Information for MS Windows Networking

Gathering Configuration Information for MS Windows Networking

Before the Customer Engineer (CE) can turn on the controller, they will need the information in Table 8-2. Before they come to the site, fill out the appropriate information with the assistance of the network administrator or LAN manager. This is vital information they will need to set up the system for networking. Some of the information may not be needed depending on how your networking is implemented. Even if you don’t intend to put the system on a network at all, the

first two items in the table are still necessary for system set-up. In case of problems, see the Administering Agilent 3070 Systems (MS Windows Version), which is online in the User Manuals.Gathering Network Configuration Information

Use this section to gather the information needed to configure your computer for a LAN.

Table 8-2 Windows NT LAN configuration information

Task (Network Parameter) Write System Information Here Description

1 Network Identification

� Computer Name, or� Hostname

Domain Computer Name or Hostname:

A unique name that identifies your computer controller.

2 Network Identification

� Workgroup or Domain?Member of (select one):[ ] Workgroup[ ] DomainWorkgroup or Domain name

The Workgroup name is the name of a computer or group of computers on a peer-to-peer network.

The Domain name is the identifier for the server that controls and manages a group of computers on a client/server network.

Page 142: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 8-14

Chapter 8: Site Preparation – Communications Cabling Requirements: Gathering Configuration Information for MS Windows Networking

3 Network Identification

� Create a Computer Account in the Domain

Domain User Name:

Domain Password:

This is the name by which your computer is recognized by the network domain. See your network administrator to establish or verify domain account information.

4 Will a DHCP Server be Used? [ ] Yes [ ] No If yes, go to Task 16 (Will Other Network Protocols Be Configured?).

5 IP Address IP Address:

. . .Subnet Mask:

. . .Default Gateway:

. . .

The IP address for this workstation.

This number masks (ignores) information that is not specific to your local network.

IP address of the system that is used to route network traffic to other networks.

6 Advanced IP Addressing

� Gateways . . .

. . .

Gateway(s) for any backup routers of network traffic.

7 Will DNS be Used?

(Domain Name System) [ ] Yes [ ] No If no, go to Task 12 (Will WINS Be Used?).

Table 8-2 Windows NT LAN configuration information (continued)

Task (Network Parameter) Write System Information Here Description

Page 143: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 8-15

Chapter 8: Site Preparation – Communications Cabling Requirements: Gathering Configuration Information for MS Windows Networking

8 DNS

� HostnameThe name by which this system will be known under DNS is the same as the Computer Name, or in Task 1.

9 DNS

� DomainThe domain in which this machine will operate. This domain is associated with your TCP/IP address.

10 DNS

� DNS Service Search Order . . .

. . .

IP Addresses (in order) of DNS servers that this system uses for resolving host names.

11 DNS

� Domain Suffix Search Order

Ordered domain suffix list used when searching for a host.

12 Will WINS Be Used?

(Windows Internet Name Services) [ ] Yes [ ] No If no, go to Task 16 (Will Other Network Protocols Be Configured?).

13 WINS Address

� Primary WINS Server

� Secondary WINS Server

. . .

. . .

14 WINS Address

� Checkboxes[ ] Enable DNS for Windows Resolution[ ] Enable LMHOSTS Lookup

Check or uncheck either of these boxes as applicable.

CAUTION

✸If configuring for DNS, check Enable DNS for Windows Resolution.

Table 8-2 Windows NT LAN configuration information (continued)

Task (Network Parameter) Write System Information Here Description

Page 144: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 8-16

Chapter 8: Site Preparation – Communications Cabling Requirements: Gathering Configuration Information for MS Windows Networking

15 WINS Address

� Scope ID

16 Will Other Network Protocols Be Configured?

[ ] AppleTalk Protocol

[ ] DLC Protocol

[ ] NetBEUI Protocol

[ ] NWLink IPX/SPX Compatible Transport

[ ] Point To Point Tunneling Protocol

[ ] Streams Environment

This list is not exhaustive; other protocols can be configured. Use this space to document other network protocol information.

Table 8-2 Windows NT LAN configuration information (continued)

Task (Network Parameter) Write System Information Here Description

Page 145: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 9-1

9999 Site Preparation – Receiving and Moving Instructions03066-90114 Rev. Z 06/2002

In this Chapter... � Inventory The Shipment, 9-2

� Uncrating The System, 9-3

� Placing The System, 9-15

� Re-shipping a 3070 and 79000 System, 9-16

Page 146: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 9-2

Chapter 9: Site Preparation – Receiving and Moving Instructions: Inventory The Shipment

Inventory The Shipment

Use the packing list that came with your system to determine if the system was fully received. Carefully examine the boxes for shipping damage. If you suspect the system was damaged in shipment, contact your Agilent representative.

Page 147: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 9-3

Chapter 9: Site Preparation – Receiving and Moving Instructions: Uncrating The System

Uncrating The System

This section contains:

� Uncrating an Agilent 3070 Series I System, 9-3

The customer should removed the tri-wall box from the pallet. The Agilent CE will uncrate the system pallets. The systems are shipped on pallets as described in Table 9-1.

Leave the smaller boxes intact for the Agilent representative to unpack when the system is installed.

Uncrating an Agilent 3070 Series I SystemRefer to Figure 9-1 on page 9-4 for uncrating a 307X system and Figure 9-2 on page 9-5 for uncrating a 317X system.

WARNING

✸Follow the unpacking instructions carefully and do not work alone. A fully loaded 307X Series I system with the shipping pallet might weigh 725 kilograms (1600 pounds). A fully loaded 307X Series II or a 317X system with the shipping pallet might weigh 455 kilograms (1000 pounds).

Table 9-1 System Shipping Pallets

System Type Pallets

317X Series I One pallet — Testhead only

307X Series I One pallet — Testhead and Support Bay on same pallet

317X Series II / 3 One pallet — Testhead only

307X Series II / 3 Two pallets — Testhead and Support Bay or Quick Verify on separate pallets

327X Series II / 3 One pallet — Testhead only

79000 One pallet — Testhead only

Page 148: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 9-4

Chapter 9: Site Preparation – Receiving and Moving Instructions: Uncrating The System

Figure 9-1 307X Series I pallet

Step 6

Steps 9 and 10

Remove SupportBay brackets with6-mm hex wrench

Remove 3.5 inch bolts with the9/16-inch open-end wrench

Remove all four pallet support bolts and allsixteen bracket bolts from the pallet with the9/16-inch open-wrench or a socket

Remove Testhead Bracketswith 5-mm hex driver wrench

inst17.wpg

Page 149: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 9-5

Chapter 9: Site Preparation – Receiving and Moving Instructions: Uncrating The System

Figure 9-2 307X, 327X Series I pallet

Tools Needed to Uncrate the System:� A floor jack to lift the system � Two people to remove the system, preferably

more � One pair of diagonal cutters or wire cutters � Safety glasses

Uncrating Procedure:The system is shipped with a 9/16-inch open-end wrench and a 5-millimeter hex wrench. 307X systems also includes a 6-millimeter hex wrench for the removal of the support bay shipping brackets.

1 If you have a long floor jack (two meters or six feet long), use it on the RAMP END to move the pallet.

Step 6

Steps 9 and 10

Remove Testhead bracketswith 5-mm hex wrench

inst18.wpg

Remove all four pallet support bolts and all eight bracket boltsfrom the pallet with the 9/16-inch open-wrench or a socketRemove 3.5-inch bolts with the

9/16-inch open-end wrench

Page 150: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 9-6

Chapter 9: Site Preparation – Receiving and Moving Instructions: Uncrating The System

If you have only small floor jacks, you may find it easier to move the big pallet with one floor jack on each end.

2 Place the pallet so that the system has room to roll off to the side. The proper side of the system is where you can see the "RAMP END" label. Leave three meters (10 feet) of clearance at the rear of the pallet for the system to roll off into. This clearance provides sufficient room for the people who are handling the system.

WARNING

✸The straps are stretched tight and will whip when cut. To avoid injury from flying straps, stand clear of the straps when you cut them, and always wear eye protection!

3 With diagonal cutters, cut the straps that hold the cardboard box on the pallet.

4 Remove the plywood board from the top of the box. Then remove the box.

NOTEThe Agilent Customer Engineer (CE) will complete the remainder of this procedure.

5 Cut the interior strap on the ramp. After you have cut the strap, the feet of the ramp should swing out. If

they do not, make sure the feet are perpendicular to the ramp when you lower the ramp to the floor.

The bag labeled "See Inside" that contains installation instructions also contains the hex wrench or wrenches (5 millimeter for the testhead and 6 millimeter for the support bay if included) and the 9/16-inch open-end wrench.

NOTESave the installation procedure that is packed with the system for the Agilent representative to use when your system is installed.

6 With the 9/16-inch open-end wrench, remove the two 3.5-inch bolts that go through the bottom of the pallet into the two-inch by six-inch board that holds the ramp.

NOTESince the pallet feet only allow sufficient room to remove the 3.5-inch bolts with a box or open-end wrench, you should not attempt to remove these bolts with a 9/16-inch socket wrench.

7 Make sure the ramp feet are in their proper positions, and then lower the ramp to the ground.

8 Remove the plastic bags and foam padding from the tester.

9 Retrieve the hex wrenches shipped with the system to help you unbolt the shipping brackets from the tester.

Page 151: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 9-7

Chapter 9: Site Preparation – Receiving and Moving Instructions: Uncrating The System

Using the 5-millimeter hex wrench, remove all the bolts that fasten the brackets to the testhead. Remove the brackets from the pallet with the 9/16-inch open-end wrench or a socket wrench.

10 If you have a 307X system, push the testhead away from the support bay to provide better access to the support bay’s shipping brackets. Remove the bolts connecting the support bay to the brackets with the 6-millimeter hex wrench. Remove the remaining bolts from the support bay brackets with the 9/16-inch open-end wrench or a socket wrench.

11 With the 9/16-inch open-end wrench or a socket wrench, remove the four seven-inch bolts that stabilize the deck of the pallet. This prevents the casters from catching on them when you roll the system off of the pallet.

12 Before rolling the system off of the pallet:

� Clear all people, tools, and equipment from the area that the system will roll into.

� Make sure the leveling feet for both the testhead and support bay, if included, are up. Otherwise, the feet may drag against the pallet and bend.

� For a 307X system, replace the foam that was placed between the testhead and the support bay to prevent scratching and denting of the cabinets.

WARNING

✸Use at least two people to roll the tester off of the pallet. For a 307X system, one person should steady the two bays as the second pushes them down the ramp.

Be careful not to push against the plastic skirt that surrounds the modules of the testhead.

13 Discard all the packing material and the pallet, unless you anticipate shipping the system to another facility.

Page 152: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 9-8

Chapter 9: Site Preparation – Receiving and Moving Instructions: Uncrating The System

Uncrating an Agilent 3070 Series II/3 and Agilent 79000 System

WARNING

✸The testhead weighs approximately 454 kilograms (1000 pounds). To avoid personal injury, follow these instructions carefully and do not work alone. The shipping straps are stretched taut and will whip when cut. Wear eye protection when cutting straps.

In uncrating the testhead, you will roll the testhead down a ramp from one end of the pallet. To do this you will need an area approximately 8 feet (2.5 meters) wide by 18 feet (5.5 meters) long.

Tools Needed to Uncrate the Testhead� Utility knife

� Cordless drill with hex power shank from Agilent/MTBU

� 9/16-inch and 3/4-inch sockets with ratchet and 6-inch (150-millimeter) extension

Uncrating Procedure1 Cut the strap around the ramp. Lift the ramp off the

pallet and set it aside. Remove the plastic bag covering the testhead and discard it. Discard all packing materials.

2 Remove two 150-millimeter (6-inch) bolts from a plastic bag attached to the ramp.

3 Figure 9-3: Remove the “Removable End” board from the pallet:

a Remove bolts 1 through 4 from the sides and bottom of the pallet.

b Remove bolts 5 and 6 from the platform.

Page 153: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 9-9

Chapter 9: Site Preparation – Receiving and Moving Instructions: Uncrating The System

Figure 9-3 Removing the bolts from the end board

4 Figure 9-4: Using a cordless drill with hex power shank and 3/4-inch socket, screw the bolts from step 2 into the nuts on the shipping brackets on the end of the pallet from which you removed the end board. Screw the bolts down (clockwise) until the platform rises slightly.

5 Figure 9-4: Remove two foam blocks from the space between the platform and pallet.

6 Figure 9-4: After removing the foam blocks, screw the 6-inch bolts up (counter-clockwise) to lower the platform all the way down onto the pallet. Alternately lower each side a little at a time. Then remove the 6-inch bolts.

Testhead

Remove 6 BoltsUNCRAT1.WPG

1

2

4

3

56

Removable End

Page 154: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 9-10

Chapter 9: Site Preparation – Receiving and Moving Instructions: Uncrating The System

Figure 9-4 Raising and lowering the platform

7 Figure 9-5: Place the ramp on the pallet. Ensure that the feet under the ramp are folded down to the floor. Place two bolts that you removed from the sides of the pallet in step 3 through the holes in the ramp to keep the ramp from sliding off the pallet.

Testhead

UNCRAT2.WPG

PlatformPallet

Foam Block

ShippingBracket

contacts a metal plateon the pallet.

Note: The 6-inch bolt

6-inch bolt Use cordlessdrill, extension power shankand 3/4-inch impact socketor 3/4-inch wrench

Page 155: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 9-11

Chapter 9: Site Preparation – Receiving and Moving Instructions: Uncrating The System

Figure 9-5 Attaching the ramp

8 Remove all four shipping brackets from the testhead and pallet.

9 Roll the testhead down the ramp and onto the floor.

NOTEAdvise the customer to save the pallet, ramp, and shipping materials in case the customer needs to ship the system to another facility. The only safe way to ship the testhead is using the pallet and shipping materials provided.

U NC RA T3.W PG

Testhead

BoltRamp

Platform

Foot

Page 156: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 9-12

Chapter 9: Site Preparation – Receiving and Moving Instructions: Uncrating The System

Uncrating the Support Bay

WARNING

✸The Support Bay weighs approximately 209 kilograms (460 pounds). To avoid personal injury, follow these instructions carefully and do not work alone. The shipping straps are stretched taut and will whip when cut. Wear eye protection when cutting straps.

In uncrating the Support Bay, you will roll the Support Bay down a ramp from the pallet. To do this you will need an area approximately 6 feet (2 meters) wide by 13 feet (4 meters) long.

Tools Needed to Uncrate the Support Bay:� Utility knife

� 7/16-inch socket with ratchet

� 9/16-inch socket with ratchet

Uncrating Procedure:1 Remove the ramp and packing material from the top

of the Support Bay and remove the packing material from around the outside of the Support Bay.

2 Figure 9-6: Remove the two shippin clamps (one on each side) from the bottom of the Support Bay (1, 2).

Page 157: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 9-13

Chapter 9: Site Preparation – Receiving and Moving Instructions: Uncrating The System

Figure 9-6 Removing the shipping hardware

Page 158: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 9-14

Chapter 9: Site Preparation – Receiving and Moving Instructions: Uncrating The System

3 Figure 9-7: Remove the two bolts from each corner (1) and pull the block out from under the bay (2). Position the ramp so the block of wood under the

ramp locks into the edge of the pallet. Then roll the bay down the ramp (3).

Figure 9-7 Installing the ramp

Page 159: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 9-15

Chapter 9: Site Preparation – Receiving and Moving Instructions: Placing The System

Placing The System Moving the Testhead and Support BayMake sure all leveling feet are turned up as high as they go before rolling the system.

Place the system exactly as the system plan drawing shows. Remember that the testhead will be rotated up for service and that cable length will be critical.

Immobilizing and Leveling the SystemImmobilize and level all bays by screwing the leveling feet down to the floor. The testhead may be difficult to unlock or rotate if it is not level.

If local building codes require equipment to be anchored to the floor due to potential seismic activity (earthquakes), you will need to bolt the system to the floor. The shipping brackets used to secure the system to the pallet are suitable for this purpose, but you will need to supply fasteners suitable for your situation.

If you are installing an 44990A EFS Board Handler into an automated test cell, the integration specialist will need to bolt the testhead to the floor. Refer to the 44990A EFS Board Handler Manual, 44990-90004, for more information.

Page 160: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 9-16

Chapter 9: Site Preparation – Receiving and Moving Instructions: Re-shipping a 3070 and 79000 System

Re-shipping a 3070 and 79000 System

When it becomes necessary to pack and ship a 3070 / 79000 system to another location, Agilent can help. You can either purchase an Agilent Move, which includes Agilent personnel disassembling, packing, shipping, and setting up the system at the new location; or you can purchase a shipping kit from Agilent, which includes the pallet and other materials required to ship a 3070 system.

As when a system is installed, when a system is moved, the procedures should be performed by an Agilent-trained technician. The Shipment Kit part numbers are listed in Table 9-2 and Table 9-3.

Other Shipment Kits were being designed at the time of this printing. To order or inquire about a Shipment Kit in the U.S. contact Agilent’s Measurement System

Knowledge Center (MSKC). In the U.S. call 1-800-593-6635 with your MSKC support handle. Outside the U.S. call your local Agilent Service Representative to access the MSKC.

WARNING

✸When re-shipping a support or instrument bay, DO NOT use the ramp to move the bay onto the pallet to avoid possible injury due to the bay tipping over on you. The ramp is designed for removal of the bay only. Instead, use a hoist and attach to the hooks on the top of the bay and lift the bay onto the pallet.

Table 9-2 Shipment kit special option product numbers

Testhead Support Bay POTS Bay Controller

Series I 307X, 317X 44813A Opt. 555 (Testhead and Support Bay Pallet)

n/a 44813A Opt. 551 (19-in. Bay)

Series II 307X, 317X 44813A Opt. 565 44813A Opt. 567 44813A Opt. 567 n/a

Series II 327X 44813A Opt. 566 n/a 44813A Opt. 567 n/a

Series 3 307X, 317X, 3070 (Win), 790001

44813A Opt. 570 44813A Opt. 572 44813A Opt. 572 n/a

Series 3 327X, 327X (Win) 44813A Opt. 571 n/a 44813A Opt. 572 n/a1. 3070 MS Windows system must use a pallet received after March 2000.

Page 161: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 9-17

Chapter 9: Site Preparation – Receiving and Moving Instructions: Re-shipping a 3070 and 79000 System

Table 9-3 Board handler shipment kit special option product numbers

Special Option to Part Number Listing44813A Opt. 555 = 03066-69901

44813A Opt. 560 = 44990-85200

44813A Opt. 565 = E4000-69901

44813A Opt. 566 = E4000-69902

44813A Opt. 567 = E4000-69903

44813A Opt. 570 = E9900-69901

44813A Opt. 571 = E9997-69901

44813A Opt. 572 = E9900-69902

Product Number

44990A EFS Board Handler 44813A Opt. 560

Page 162: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-1

10101010 Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems03066-90114 Rev. Z 06/2002

In this Chapter... � Introduction, 10-2

� Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001), 10-5

� Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2000), 10-78

� Tester Power Requirements (Series I/II), 10-109

� Connecting Mains Power To The System, 10-143

Page 163: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-2

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Introduction

Introduction This chapter provides power requirements and wiring information for older Agilent 3070 family systems. This includes systems that used earlier models of power distribution units (PDUs).

The E1135A/B PDU is no longer manufactured; the E1135C replaced it.

Power is connected to both E1135A and E1135B the same way. The power connections are very similar for the E1135C, except the input power is connected to a mains disconnect switch. If you want information on a current Series 3 systems, see Chapter 6, Site Preparation – Power Requirements.

CAUTION

✸The wire sizes recommended in this chapter are for the SO cord from the receptacle to the system. The electrician has the responsibility to size the service to the receptacle so that the voltage drop from the source to the 3070 system does not exceed 5-percent of the nominal voltage.

NOTEIf a replacement E1135C is being installed and the recommended conductor size is greater than 10 square millimeters (#8 AWG), which is the largest conductor size that will easily fit in the E1135C PDU, see the section Connecting a Pigtail to the E1135C PDU on page 11-84.

There are two easy ways to determine whether you have a Series I or a Series II system: The Series II system has the "Series II" logo printed on the front of the testhead, and it has the wide pods (integrated cabinets) on both sides of the testhead. See Figure 10-1 on page 10-4 to identify where the power distribution unit (PDU) or power distribution kit (PDK) is located on your system. Figure 10-1 shows the rear views of the older 3070 and 3070 Series II family testheads and support bays.

Following are important points to note about Figure 10-1:

� The 317X Series I system is the only one that uses the E1170-80003 PDK. The PDK has the same functionality as the older E1099A PDU, but is re-packaged to fit in the testhead (see the 3070 Theory & Repair Manual, Chapter 4, E4000-90120, for details).

The 307X Series I system is the only one that uses two E1131A PDUs or one 44940A/B or E1099A in the support bay; there is no PDU in the 307X Series I testhead. Each PDU requires its own ac mains supply.

� The older 317X Series II and 307X Series II systems use the E1131A PDU. The 307X Series II system has one PDU in the testhead cabinet and another in the support bay.

� The 307X Series I system is the only one that uses two E1135A/B PDUs in the support bay; there is no PDU in the 307X testhead. Each PDU requires its own ac mains supply.

Page 164: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-3

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Introduction

� The 317X Series II and 307X Series II systems use the E1135B PDU. Some 307X Series II systems have one PDU in the testhead cabinet and another in the support bay or Quick Verify cabinet. Each PDU requires its own ac mains supply.

� The 327X Series II system uses one E1135B PDU in the testhead.

Page 165: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-4

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: IntroductionFigure 10-1 Rear views of the 3070 / Series II family systems

317X Series II Testhead

E1135A or E1135B PDU

317X Series I Testhead

307X Series II Testhead with Support Bay

307X Series I Testhead with Support Bay

SYS_ID.WPG

E1170-80003 PDK

PDU #1 (Main): E1135A orE1135B

PDU #2 (Branch): E1135A or E1135B

E1135A or E1135B PDU (Main) E1135A or E1135B PDU (Branch)

View with reardoor open

Port3

Port2

In0ut

E1135B or E1135C PDU (Main)

327X Series II Testhead

Page 166: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-5

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

This section contains:

� Sizing the Input Wires and Circuit Breakers, 10-5

� Series 3 / 79000 Power Distribution, 10-9

� 327X 1-Module System AC Outlets, 10-17

� 79000 - 1-Module System AC System, 10-28

� 317X 2-Module System AC Outlets, 10-39

� 307X 4-Module 1-PDU System AC Outlets, 10-50

� 307X 4-Module 2-PDU System AC Outlets, 10-60

� E2195/E2197A xDSL/POTS Bay AC Outlets, 10-67

Sizing the Input Wires and Circuit BreakersAll 3070 and 3070PC systems should be installed with a 30-amp breaker or fuse in each phase of the incoming power. The modules and instruments in the testhead are protected by circuit breakers or fuses in the power distribution unit.

Table 10-1 on page 10-6 shows the Full Load Amp (FLA) for each system type and for each 3-phase power option.

Table 10-2 on page 10-7 shows FLA for each system type and for each single-phase power options.

One of two different power cords and plugs are attached to each 3-phase system, depending on the country where the system will be installed:

� E1135-61611 - uses #10 AWG 5-conductor cord with NEMA plug that mates with NEMA L21-30.

Used by North America. Receptacle available locally.

� E1135-61610 - uses 5x6 mm2 5-conductor cord with a IEC 60309 plug and mating receptacle. Used Internationally.

Page 167: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-6

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

Table 10-1 Series 3 and 79000 family power requirements (3-phase power)

E1135C Power Option Voltage Full-Load Amps (FLA)1 for:2

327X 790003 317X 307X 3-phasexDSL/POTS Bay

1-phasexDSL/POTS Bay4 Opts/Current

3-Phase Wye w/ Neutral AWW5 120 / 208 13 14 18 24 12 AWV, 16

05E5 or 6 127 / 220 13 14 18 24 12 AWZ, 16

0E56 220 / 380 9 10 10 16 10 05M, 14

05L6 230 / 400 9 10 10 16 10 05F, 14

0E76 240 / 415 9 10 10 16 10 05J, 14

3-phase Delta 0ED6 200 13 14 18 24 12 AWY, 16

05C5 or 6 220 13 14 18 24 12 0E3, 16

05H5 or 6 230 13 14 18 24 12 03G, 16

0E65 or 6 240 13 14 18 24 12 0EH, 16

1. Calculated with a fully-loaded 3X7X system with 3 STC cards in every module.2. DUT Power supplies are configured for 200-240 volts ac.3. Calculated with 6 STC cards in the module.

4. POTS and xDSL bays always require a separate power drop. Use the POTS/xDSL power option that is on the same line as the E1135C power option.

5. Use E1135-61611 power cord with NEMA L21-30 receptacle/connector body.

6. Use E1135-61610 power cord with IEC 60309 32A 3-phase receptacle/connector body (included with the system)

L1

L3L2

N

G

L1

L3 L2

G

Page 168: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-7

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

Table 10-2 Series 3 and 79000 family power requirements (single-phase power)

E1135C Power Option Voltage Full-Load Amps (FLA)1 for:2

327X 79000 317X 307XTesthead

Support Bay xDSL/POTS Bay3 Opts/Current

Single-Phase Wye w/ Neutral

AWV 120 / 208 17 19 20 24 15 AWY, 16

AWZ 127 / 220 17 19 20 24 15 AWZ, 16

05B 220 / 380 11 10 12 22 NA 05M, 14

05G 230 / 400 11 10 12 22 NA 05F, 14

05K 240 / 415 11 10 12 22 NA 05J, 14

Single-Phase Earthed 05M 220 19 20 24 24 15 14

05F 230 19 20 24 24 15 14

05J 240 19 20 24 24 15 14

L1 L2

GN

L1

NG

Page 169: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-8

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

327X 79000 317X 307XTesthead

Support Bay xDSL/POTS Bay Opts/Current

Single-Phase Non-Earthed

AWX 200 19 20 24 24 15 AWY, 16

0EB 220 19 20 24 24 15 0E3, 14

0EJ 230 19 20 24 24 15 0EG, 14

0EC 240 19 20 24 24 15 0EH, 14

Single-Phase Center-Tap Neutral

AWY 100 / 200 19 20 24 24 15 16

0E3 110 / 220 19 20 24 24 15 14

0EG 115 / 230 19 20 24 24 15 14

0EH 120 / 240 19 20 24 24 15 141. Calculated with a fully-loaded 3X7X system with 3 STC cards in every module.2. DUT Power supplies are configured for 200-240 volts ac.3. POTS and xDSL bays always require a separate power drop. Use the POTS/xDSL power option that is on the same line as the system power option.

Table 10-2 Series 3 and 79000 family power requirements (single-phase power) (continued)

E1135C Power Option Voltage Full-Load Amps (FLA)1 for:2

L1

L2G

L1

L2G

N

Page 170: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-9

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

Series 3 / 79000 Power DistributionTo move a system to a location that requires a different power option, you may need to reconfigure the PDU and change where equipment is plugged in.

Find the section in Table 10-3 on page 10-10 (3-phase power) or Table 10-4 on page 10-13 (single-phase power) that describes:

� Your new system power option

� System type (the number of modules)

� Location of outlets

� Number of PDUs, as well as the figure page number which describes your power option wiring

Page 171: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-10

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

Table 10-3 Series 3 and 79000 family wiring diagram (3-phase power)

E1135C Power Option Voltage Testhead

327X Outlet LocationsFigure 10-2 on page 10-17

79000 Outlet LocationsFigure 10-13 on page 10-28

317X Outlet LocationsFigure 10-24 on page 10-39

307X Outlet LocationsFigure 10-35 on page 10-50

3-phasexDSL/POTS Bay Outlet locationsFigure 10-53 on page 10-69

1-phasexDSL/POTS Bay1 Opts/Current Figure 10-52 on page 10-68

Page 172: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-11

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

3-Phase Wye w/ Neutral AWW 120 / 208

Figure 10-3 on page 10-18

Figure 10-14 on page 10-29

Figure 10-25 on page 10-40

Figure 10-36 on page 10-51, Figure 10-38 on page 10-53

Figure 10-54 on page 10-70

AWV, Figure 10-58 on page 10-74

05E 127 / 220

Figure 10-3 on page 10-18

Figure 10-14 on page 10-29

Figure 10-25 on page 10-40

Figure 10-36 on page 10-51, Figure 10-38 on page 10-53

Figure 10-54 on page 10-70

AWZ, Figure 10-58 on page 10-74

0E5 220 / 380

Figure 10-5 on page 10-20

Figure 10-16 on page 10-31

Figure 10-27 on page 10-42

Figure 10-39 on page 10-54, Figure 10-41 on page 10-56

Figure 10-55 on page 10-71

05M, Figure 10-60 on page 10-76

05L 230 / 400

Figure 10-5 on page 10-20

Figure 10-16 on page 10-31

Figure 10-27 on page 10-42

Figure 10-39 on page 10-54, Figure 10-41 on page 10-56

Figure 10-55 on page 10-71

05F, Figure 10-60 on page 10-76

0E7 240 / 415

Figure 10-5 on page 10-20

Figure 10-16 on page 10-31

Figure 10-27 on page 10-42

Figure 10-39 on page 10-54, Figure 10-41 on page 10-56

Figure 10-55 on page 10-71

05J, Figure 10-60 on page 10-76

Table 10-3 Series 3 and 79000 family wiring diagram (3-phase power) (continued)

E1135C Power Option Voltage Testhead

L1

L3L2

N

G

Page 173: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-12

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

3-phase Delta 0ED 200 Figure 10-3 on page 10-18

Figure 10-14 on page 10-29

Figure 10-25 on page 10-40

Figure 10-36 on page 10-51, Figure 10-38 on page 10-53

Figure 10-54 on page 10-70

AWY, Figure 10-58 on page 10-74

05C 220 Figure 10-3 on page 10-18

Figure 10-14 on page 10-29

Figure 10-25 on page 10-40

Figure 10-36 on page 10-51, Figure 10-38 on page 10-53

Figure 10-54 on page 10-70

0E3, Figure 10-58 on page 10-74

05H 230 Figure 10-3 on page 10-18

Figure 10-14 on page 10-29

Figure 10-25 on page 10-40

Figure 10-36 on page 10-51, Figure 10-38 on page 10-53

Figure 10-54 on page 10-70

0EG, Figure 10-58 on page 10-74

0E6 240 Figure 10-3 on page 10-18

Figure 10-14 on page 10-29

Figure 10-25 on page 10-40

Figure 10-36 on page 10-51, Figure 10-38 on page 10-53

Figure 10-54 on page 10-70

0EH, Figure 10-58 on page 10-74

1. POTS and xDSL bays always require a separate power drop. For the standard 3-phase power options with supplied power cord use the first column. If sin-gle-phase is absolutely required, use the options in the second column that is on the same line as the system power option. Rewiring of the PDU may be required.

Table 10-3 Series 3 and 79000 family wiring diagram (3-phase power) (continued)

E1135C Power Option Voltage Testhead

L1

L3 L2

G

Page 174: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-13

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

Table 10-4 Series 3 and 79000 family wiring diagram (single-phase power)

E1135C Power Option Voltage Testhead

327X outlet locationsFigure 10-2 on page 10-17

79000 outlet locationsFigure 10-13 on page 10-28

317X outlet locationsFigure 10-24 on page 10-39

307X outlet locations Figure 10-45 on page 10-60

xDSL/POTS Bay1 Opts/CurrentFigure 10-52 on page 10-68Testhead Support Bay

Single-Phase Wye w/ Neutral

AWV 120 / 208

Figure 10-7 on page 10-22

Figure 10-18 on page 10-33

Figure 10-29 on page 10-44

Figure 10-46 on page 10-61

Figure 10-48 on page 10-63

AWV, Figure 10-58 on page 10-74

AWZ 127 / 220

Figure 10-7 on page 10-22

Figure 10-18 on page 10-33

Figure 10-29 on page 10-44

Figure 10-46 on page 10-61

Figure 10-48 on page 10-63

AWZ, Figure 10-58 on page 10-74

05B 220 / 380

Figure 10-9 on page 10-24

Figure 10-20 on page 10-35

Figure 10-31 on page 10-46

Figure 10-42 on page 10-57, Figure 10-44 on page 10-59

05M, Figure 10-60 on page 10-76

05G 230 / 400

Figure 10-9 on page 10-24

Figure 10-20 on page 10-35

Figure 10-31 on page 10-46

Figure 10-42 on page 10-57, Figure 10-44 on page 10-59

05F, Figure 10-60 on page 10-76

05K 240 / 415

Figure 10-9 on page 10-24

Figure 10-20 on page 10-35

Figure 10-31 on page 10-46

Figure 10-42 on page 10-57, Figure 10-44 on page 10-59

05J, Figure 10-60 on page 10-76

L1 L2

GN

Page 175: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-14

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

Single-Phase Earthed 05M 220 Figure 10-11 on page 10-26

Figure 10-22 on page 10-37

Figure 10-33 on page 10-48

Figure 10-49 on page 10-64

Figure 10-51 on page 10-66

Figure 10-60 on page 10-76

05F 230 Figure 10-11 on page 10-26

Figure 10-22 on page 10-37

Figure 10-33 on page 10-48

Figure 10-49 on page 10-64

Figure 10-51 on page 10-66

Figure 10-60 on page 10-76

05J 240 Figure 10-11 on page 10-26

Figure 10-22 on page 10-37

Figure 10-33 on page 10-48

Figure 10-49 on page 10-64

Figure 10-51 on page 10-66

Figure 10-60 on page 10-76

Table 10-4 Series 3 and 79000 family wiring diagram (single-phase power) (continued)

E1135C Power Option Voltage Testhead

L1

NG

Page 176: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-15

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

327X outlet locationsFigure 10-2 on page 10-17

79000 outlet locationsFigure 10-13 on page 10-28

317X outlet locationsFigure 10-24 on page 10-39

307X outlet locationsFigure 10-45 on page 10-60

xDSL/POTS Bay Opts/CurrentFigure 10-52 on page 10-68Testhead Support Bay

Single-Phase Non-Earthed

AWX 200Figure 10-7 on page 10-22

Figure 10-18 on page 10-33

Figure 10-29 on page 10-44

Figure 10-46 on page 10-61

Figure 10-48 on page 10-63

AWY, Figure 10-58 on page 10-74

0EB 220Figure 10-7 on page 10-22

Figure 10-18 on page 10-33

Figure 10-29 on page 10-44

Figure 10-46 on page 10-61

Figure 10-48 on page 10-63

0E3, Figure 10-58 on page 10-74

0EJ 230Figure 10-7 on page 10-22

Figure 10-18 on page 10-33

Figure 10-29 on page 10-44

Figure 10-46 on page 10-61

Figure 10-48 on page 10-63

0EG, Figure 10-58 on page 10-74

0EC 240Figure 10-7 on page 10-22

Figure 10-18 on page 10-33

Figure 10-29 on page 10-44

Figure 10-46 on page 10-61

Figure 10-48 on page 10-63

0EH, Figure 10-58 on page 10-74

Table 10-4 Series 3 and 79000 family wiring diagram (single-phase power) (continued)

E1135C Power Option Voltage Testhead

L1

L2G

Page 177: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-16

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

Single-Phase Center-Tap Neutral

AWY 100 / 200

Figure 10-7 on page 10-22

Figure 10-18 on page 10-33

Figure 10-29 on page 10-44

Figure 10-46 on page 10-61

Figure 10-48 on page 10-63

Figure 10-58 on page 10-74

0E3 110 / 220

Figure 10-7 on page 10-22

Figure 10-18 on page 10-33

Figure 10-29 on page 10-44

Figure 10-46 Figure 10-48 on page 10-63

Figure 10-58 on page 10-74

0EG 115 / 230

Figure 10-7 on page 10-22

Figure 10-18 on page 10-33

Figure 10-29 on page 10-44

Figure 10-46 on page 10-61

Figure 10-48 on page 10-63

Figure 10-58 on page 10-74

0EH 120 / 240

Figure 10-7 on page 10-22

Figure 10-18 on page 10-33

Figure 10-29 on page 10-44

Figure 10-46 on page 10-61

Figure 10-48 on page 10-63

Figure 10-58 on page 10-74

1. POTS and xDSL bays always require a separate power drop. Use the POTS/xDSL power options that is on the same line as the system power option.

Table 10-4 Series 3 and 79000 family wiring diagram (single-phase power) (continued)

E1135C Power Option Voltage Testhead

L1

L2G

N

Page 178: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-17

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

327X 1-Module System AC Outlets

Figure 10-2 327X 1-module system

Outlet 2

Testhead (Rear View)

Outlet 3

Outlet 1

Page 179: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-18

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)Figure 10-3 327X 0ED, AWW, 05E, 05C, 05H, 0E6

32LLL.wpgUnswitched(Fused)

Page 180: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-19

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

Figure 10-4 327X 0ED, AWW, 05E, 05C, 05H, 0E6

Page 181: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-20

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)Figure 10-5 327X 0E5, 05L, 0E7

32LLLN.wpgUnswitched(Fused)

Page 182: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-21

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

Figure 10-6 327X 0E5, 05L, 0E7

Page 183: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-22

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)Figure 10-7 327X AWX, AWY, AWV, AWZ, 0EB, 0EJ, 0EC, 0E3, 0EG, 0EH

32LL.wpgUnswitched(Fused)

Page 184: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-23

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

Figure 10-8 327X AWX, AWY, AWV, AWZ, 0EB, 0EJ, 0EC, 0E3, 0EG, 0EH

Page 185: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-24

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)Figure 10-9 327X 05B, 05G, 05K

32LLN.wpgUnswitched(Fused)

Page 186: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-25

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

Figure 10-10 327X 05B, 05G, 05K

Page 187: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-26

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)Figure 10-11 327X 05M, 05F, 05J

32LN.wpgUnswitched(Fused)

Page 188: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-27

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

Figure 10-12 327X 05M, 05F, 05J

Page 189: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-28

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

79000 - 1-Module System AC System

Figure 10-13 79000 1-module system

Outlet 2

Testhead (Rear View) E2190_ol.wpg

Outlet 1

Outlet 3

Page 190: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-29

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)Figure 10-14 79000 0ED, AWW, 05E, 05C, 05H, 0E6

79LLL.wpgUnswitched(Fused)

Page 191: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-30

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)Figure 10-15 79000 0ED, AWW, 05E, 05C, 05H, 0E6

Page 192: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-31

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)Figure 10-16 79000 0E5, 05L, 0E7

79LLLN.wpgUnswitched(Fused)

Page 193: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-32

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

Figure 10-17 79000 0E5, 05L, 0E7

Page 194: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-33

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)Figure 10-18 79000 AWX, AWY, AWV, AWZ, 0EB, 0EJ, 0EC, 0E3, 0EG, 0EH

79LL.wpgUnswitched(Fused)

Page 195: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-34

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

Figure 10-19 79000 AWX, AWY, AWV, AWZ, 0EB, 0EJ, 0EC, 0E3, 0EG, 0EH

Page 196: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-35

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)Figure 10-20 79000 05B, 05G, 05K

79K LLN.wpg

T1 T2 T3

Page 197: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-36

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

Figure 10-21 79000 05B, 05G, 05K

Page 198: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-37

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)Figure 10-22 79000 05M, 05F, 05J

79KLN.wpg

Page 199: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-38

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

Figure 10-23 79000 05M, 05F, 05J

Page 200: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-39

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

317X 2-Module System AC Outlets

Figure 10-24 317X 2-module system

Outlet 0

Testhead (Rear View)

Outlet 2

Outlet 3Outlet 1

Page 201: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-40

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)Figure 10-25 317X 0ED, AWW, 05E, 05C, 05H, 0E6

31LLL.wpgUnswitched(Fused)

CHECK COUNTRY CODEFOR FREQUENCY

Page 202: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-41

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

Figure 10-26 317X 0ED, AWW, 05E, 05C, 05H, 0E6

Page 203: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-42

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)Figure 10-27 317X 0E5, 05L, 0E7

31LLLN.wpgUnswitched(Fused)

CHECK COUNTRY CODEFOR FREQUENCY

Page 204: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-43

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

Figure 10-28 317X 0E5, 05L, 0E7

Page 205: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-44

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)Figure 10-29 317X AWX, AWY, AWV, AWZ, 0EB, 0EJ, 0EC, 0E3, 0EG, 0EH

31LL.wpgUnswitched(Fused)

Page 206: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-45

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

Figure 10-30 317X AWX, AWY, AWV, AWZ, 0EB, 0EJ, 0EC, 0E3, 0EG, 0EH

Page 207: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-46

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)Figure 10-31 317X 05B, 05G, 05K

31LLN.wpgUnswitched(Fused)

Page 208: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-47

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

Figure 10-32 317X 05B, 05G, 05K

Page 209: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-48

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)Figure 10-33 317X 05M, 05F, 05J

31LN.wpgUnswitched(Fused)

Page 210: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-49

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

Figure 10-34 317X 05M, 05F, 05J

Page 211: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-50

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

307X 4-Module 1-PDU System AC Outlets

Figure 10-35 307X 4-module 1-PDU system

Outlet 0

Support Bay(Rear View)

Testhead (Rear View)

Outlet 2

Outlet 3Outlet 1

Page 212: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-51

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)Figure 10-36 3070 1-PDU 0ED, AWW, 05E, 05C, 05H, 0E6

30LLL_1.wpgUnswitched(Fused)

CHECK COUNTRY CODEFOR FREQUENCY

Page 213: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-52

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

Figure 10-37 3070 1-PDU 0ED, AWW, 05E, 05C, 05H, 0E6

Page 214: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-53

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

Figure 10-38 3070 1-PDU 0ED, AWW, 05E, 05C, 05H, 0E6 (support bay)

30LLL_2.wpg

Page 215: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-54

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)Figure 10-39 3070 1-PDU 0E5, 05L, 0E7

30LLLN_1.wpgUnswitched(Fused)

Page 216: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-55

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

Figure 10-40 3070 1-PDU 0E5, 05L, 0E7

Page 217: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-56

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

Figure 10-41 3070 1-PDU 0E5, 05L, 0E7 (support bay)

30LLLN_2.wpg

Page 218: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-57

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)Figure 10-42 3070 1-PDU 05B, 05G, 05K

30LLN_1.wpgUnswitched(Fused)

Page 219: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-58

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

Figure 10-43 3070 1-PDU 05B, 05G, 05K

Page 220: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-59

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

Figure 10-44 3070 1-PDU 05B, 05G, 05K (support bay)

30LLN_2.wpg

Page 221: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-60

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

307X 4-Module 2-PDU System AC OutletsBeginning with the release of Series 3, with 4-module 2-PDU systems, the DUT power supplies are connected directly to the E1135C PDU, and there are no outlet boxes in the Support Bay, as shown in Figure 10-45.

Since each of these options are single-phase, which outlet a DUT power supply connects to does not affect the load balance, but knowing where each power supply is plugged in helps when servicing the system.

Figure 10-45 307X 4-module 2-PDU system

Outlet 0

Support Bay(Rear View)

Testhead (Rear View)PDU

Branch

Main

Outlet 2

Outlet 3Outlet 1

5678

To Gnd

1234

To Gnd

See Table

See Table

See Table

See Table

Page 222: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-61

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)Figure 10-46 3070 2-PDU AWX, AWY, AWV, AWZ, 0EB, 0E3, 0EJ, 0EG, 0EC, 0EH

30LL_1.wpgUnswitched(Fused)

CHECK COUNTRY CODEFOR FREQUENCY

Page 223: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-62

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

Figure 10-47 3070 2-PDU AWX, AWY, AWV, AWZ, 0EB, 0E3, 0EJ, 0EG, 0EC, 0EH

Page 224: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-63

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)Figure 10-48 3070 2-PDU AWX, AWY, AWV, AWZ, 0EB, 0E3, 0EJ, 0EG, 0EC, 0EH (support bay)

30LL_2.wpg

CHECK COUNTRY CODEFOR FREQUENCY

Page 225: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-64

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)Figure 10-49 3070 2-PDU 05M, 05F, 05J

30LN_1.wpgUnswitched(Fused)

Page 226: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-65

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

Figure 10-50 3070 2-PDU 05M, 05F, 05J

Page 227: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-66

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)Figure 10-51 3070 2-PDU 05M, 05F, 05J (support bay)

30LN_2.wpg

Page 228: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-67

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

E2195/E2197A xDSL/POTS Bay AC OutletsThe instruments in the xDSL/POTS bay, except the Kikusui power supply, are plugged into the E1135C PDU.

With the E2197A xDSL/POTS bay the 6811B ringer supply is plugged into the E1135C PDU and the isolation transformer is removed.

See Communications Test for additional information.

Page 229: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-68

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)Figure 10-52 E2195A xDLS / POTS Bay (shown with POTS options)

OTS1 WPG

Outlet 1 -

LineFilter

PDU

MainsInput

5678

To Gnd

1234

To Gnd

See Table

See Table

See Table

See Table

Customer Instruments

Page 230: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-69

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)Figure 10-53 E2197A xDLS / POTS Bay (shown with POTS options)

Outlet 1 -

LineFilter

PDU

MainsInput

5678

To Gnd

1234

To Gnd

See Table

See Table

See Table

See Table

Customer Instruments

200-240Volts

Page 231: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-70

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)Figure 10-54 E2197A xDLS / POTS Bay AWW, 0ED, 05C, 05E, 05H, 0E6

Ringer Supply

E2197LLL.wpg

Switched

Page 232: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-71

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)Figure 10-55 E2197A xDLS / POTS Bay 0E5, 05L, 0E7

Ringer Supply

E2197LLLN.wpg

Switched

Page 233: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-72

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

Figure 10-56 E2195A xDLS / POTS Bay AWW, 05E

Page 234: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-73

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

Figure 10-57 E2195A xDLS / POTS Bay AWW, 05E

E2195LLLN.wpg

Switched

Page 235: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-74

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

Figure 10-58 E2195A xDSL / POTS Bay AWY, AWV, AWZ, 0E3, 0EG, 0EH

E2195LLN.wpg

Page 236: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-75

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

Figure 10-59 E2195A xDSL / POTS Bay AWY, AWV, AWZ, 0E3, 0EG, 0EH

Switched

Page 237: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-76

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

Figure 10-60 E2195A xDSL / POTS 05M, 05F, 05J

E2195LN.wpg

Page 238: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-77

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001)

Figure 10-61 E2195A xDSL / POTS 05M, 05F, 05J

Switched

Page 239: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-78

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2000)

Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2000)

This section contains:

� Introduction, 10-78

� Series 3 / 79000 Power Requirements, 10-80

� Power Recommentations, 10-82

� Sizing The Input Wires And Circuit Breakers, 10-89

� Connecting Power To The Testhead, 10-90

� “Mains” Wiring Diagrams, 10-101

� 220/380–240/415 V 3-Phase Wye with Neutral (0E5, 05L, 0E7), 10-102

� 220/380–240/415 V Single-Phase Wye with Neutral (05B, 05G, 05K), 10-102

� 120/208–127/220 V 3-Phase Wye with Neutral (AWW, 05E), 10-103

� 120/208–127/220 V Single-Phase Wye with Neutral (AWV, AWZ), 10-104

� 200-240 3-phase Delta (0ED, 05C, 05H, 0E6), 10-105

� 100/200-120/240 V Single-Phase Center-Tap Neutral (AWY, 0E3, 0EG, 0EH), 10-106

� 220–240 V Single-Phase Earthed (05M, 05F, 05J), 10-107

� 200–240 V Single-Phase Non-Earthed (AWX, 0EB, 0EJ, 0EC), 10-108

IntroductionThis remaining sections of this chapter describe the electrical power requirements for 3070 Series 3 or 79000 family board test systems which have serial numbers shown in Table 10-5 and Table 10-6. See Appendix 10, Connecting Power to the E1135A/B PDU for systems with serial numbers shown in Table 10-7 on page 10-79.

NOTEIf you are installing a new Agilent 3070 / 79000 Series 3 system with a serial number higher than those shown below, go to Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2001) on page 10-5.

NOTEThe Customer Engineer (CE) who does the installation has the responsibility of removing the testhead from the pallet. Therefore, the system power cannot be installed until after the CE has removed the system from the pallet.

Page 240: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-79

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2000)

Table 10-5 Serial numbers of Series 3 / 79000 systems with factory power reconfiguration reduction1 (but without power cords attached except 327X and 79000 power option AWW)

System Type 79000 327X 317X 307X

Testhead Product E2190A E9997A E9998A E9900A

Serial Number between

US38050137 and US38050120

US38240247 and US38240152

US38240409 and US38240243

US38240532 andUS38240240

1. DUTS and Controllers set to 220-240 volt operation and load balanced

Table 10-6 Serial numbers of Series 3 / 79000 systems shipped without power reconfiguration reduction1 (see Chapter 11, Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion for how to reduce current requirements)

System Type 79000 327X 317X 307X

Testhead Product E2190A E9997A E9998A E9900A

Serial Numbers between

US38050119 and US38050109

US38240151 and US38240115

US38240242 and US38240139

US38240239 and US33240114

1. i.e., DUTS and Controllers are set to 100-120 volts.

Table 10-7 Serial numbers of Series 3 / 79000 systems shipped with E1135B PDUs.

System Type 79000 327X 317X 307X

Testhead Product E2190A E9997A E9998A E9900A

Serial Numbers between

US38050108 and US38050100

US38240114 and US38240100

US38240138 and US38240100

US38240113 and US33240100

Page 241: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-80

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2000)

Series 3 / 79000 Power RequirementsThis section provides minimum power requirements for Agilent 3070 / 79000 Series 3 family systems for serial numbers shown in Table 10-5 and Table 10-6 on page 10-79. For most installations, these requirements are sufficient.

NOTEFor new 3070 / 79000 Series 3 systems, go to Table 10-1 on page 10-6.

NOTEThe loading and wire size information shown beside the values in brackets [ ] in tables in this chapter applies to 3070 / 79000 Series 3 systems which shipped after June 1999, (Table 10-5) or to systems reconfigured to match those which shipped after June 1999.

Series 3 systems shipped prior to June 1999 (Table 10-6) can substantially reduce their current requirements, as shown by comparing the values shown in brackets [ ] in the tables with the values beside them which are not shown in brackets. The reduced current requirements can be achieved by following the recommendations in Chapter 11, Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion of this manual.

See Chapter 10, Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems for Series I, II power requirements. See the 3070 / 79000 Repair Manuals, Chapter 1B for the locations where instruments are plugged in for load balancing for Series II and Series 3.

Page 242: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-81

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2000)

The 3070 / 79000 family systems with serial numbers shown in Table 10-5 on page 10-79 (3-phase) and Table 10-6 on page 10-79 (single-phase) require ac electrical power supplied two ways:

1 AC mains power must be supplied to the system’s Power Distribution Unit (PDU).

2 For 327X / 79000 systems using wire and breaker option #AWW, a power cord is supplied already wired to the PDU; these are the only systems shipped before May 2000 supplied with a power cord.

Figure 10-62 Opt. #AWW power plugAgilent makes the following recom-mendations:

GroundNeutral

30 A 120/208 V 3-phase male plugPart number for cord and plug - E1135-61611 forNorth America and E1135-61610 internationally.Cord is Hard Service (SO) Multi-Strand AWG 12/5Mating receptacle is a NEMA# L21-30

208Plug-20A m p.wpg

Page 243: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-82

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2000)

Power RecommentationsAgilent makes the following recommendations:

� 3-phase power should be used if it is available.

� A separate ac mains service should be provided for the test system.

� Copper wire should be used for the system input.

� The service must have a mains disconnect installed adjacent to the system so that power can be quickly removed in case of an emergency. The E1135C PDU, used with 3070 Series 3 and 79000 systems, contains a mains disconnect. This input mains disconnect switch does not have short-circuit or over-current protection. The E1135C output terminals do have both short-circuit and over-current protection.

� A 25.4-millimeter (1-inch) hole is provided on the PDU for the electrician to install a cable clamp and power cord. Agilent recommends the use of a power cord E1135-61611 - uses #10 AWG 5-conductor cord with NEMA plug that mates with NEMA L21-30. Used by North America. Receptacle available locally. or a hard-wired connection.

� The system input power connections on the PDU are made to an input connector block and the ground connection to the chassis. In the E1135C the power is connected to the mains disconnect switch and a ground terminal attached to the chassis. These connectors can accept wire up to 10 square millimeters (#8 AWG). For ease of

installation, in areas where it meets local code requirements, Agilent recommends that you use multi-strand wire from a box to the PDU.

� If needed, convenience outlets must be located near the system for external equipment, including for test servers, optional extra equipment bays, and automation equipment. Locate the outlets within one meter (three feet) of and directly behind the device. See Chapter 3 to plan the location of convenience outlets. All convenience outlets must supply 20 amps at 100–120 volts or 10 amps at 200–240 volts, whichever is applicable.

The power requirements for older 3070 Series 3 and 79000 family systems are shown in Table 10-8 on page 10-84 (3-phase) and Table 10-9 on page 10-86 (single-phase). The values shown in brackets [ ] are currents when the DUTS and controller are configured at 100-120 volts. The other values are currents with the DUTS and controller configured for 220-240 volts (See Chapter 11, Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion).

The maximum current or full-load amps (FLA) assumes fully-loaded systems with Serial Test Card power supplies. Note that the operating frequency range for the 3070 / 79000 family systems is 47–63 hertz, with the nominal line frequency either 50 hertz or 60 hertz.

Page 244: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-83

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2000)

CAUTION

✸Ten thermal circuit breakers are located on the front of the E1135B/C PDU. These circuit breakers are designed to protect the loads on the output terminal block. Under normal operation, if an overload occurs, the rocker on the breaker will pop to the open position. The rocker can be reset by pushing it gently back in place. It is necessary to wait a few minutes for the breaker to cool before this can be done. A breaker which cannot be reset may be permanently damaged by a short-circuit at the load.

These breakers are not switches and must not be opened by force. If opened by force, permanent damage will result. Damage caused by intentionally opening the breaker is not covered by warranty.

The electrician should use the Full Load Amps (FLA) in Table 10-8 on page 10-84 for 3-phase and Table 10-9 on page 10-86 for single-phase systems to determine the conductor size to the power receptacle where the SO Cord, or service mains, will connect. Then use the sections Sizing The Input Wires And Circuit Breakers on page 10-89 and Connecting Power To The Testhead on page 10-90 to determine the SO Cord size and breaker size.

Page 245: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-84

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2000)

Table 10-8 Series 3 and 79000 family power requirements (3-phase power)

E1135C Power Option Voltage Full-Load Amps (FLA)1 for:2

327X / 790003 317X 307X 3-phasexDSL/POTS Bay

1- phasexDSL/POTS Bay4 Opts/Current

Testhead Support Bay

3-Phase Wye w/ Neutral AWW 120 / 208

[15]5 14 [23] 18 [42] 28 NA 12 AWV, 16

05E 127 / 220

[15] 14 [23] 18 [42] 28 NA 12 AWZ, 16

0E5 220 / 380

[13] 10 [14] 10 [22] 18 NA 10 05M, 14

05L 230 / 400

[13] 10 [14] 10 [22] 18 NA 10 05F, 14

0E7 240 / 415

[13] 10 [14] 10 [22] 18 NA 10 05J, 14

3-phase Delta 0ED 200 [15] 14 [23] 18 [42] 28 NA 12 AWY, 16

05C 220 [15] 14 [23] 18 [42] 28 NA 12 0E3, 16

05H 230 [15] 14 [23] 18 [42] 28 NA 12 03G, 16

0E6 240 [15] 14 [23] 18 [42] 28 NA 12 0EH, 16

L1

L3L2

N

G

L1

L3 L2

G

Page 246: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-85

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2000)

NOTEOption #05A is not available on the Corporate Price List (CPL) after June 1999. The DUT power supplies input voltage for Japanese systems are set to 220 volts at the factory and the neutral center tap is no longer used.

If 3-phase Delta power (0ED) is not available, use the Single-Phase power option (AWY). 307X single-phase option AWY systems will require two power drops.

1. Calculated with a fully-loaded 3X7X system with 3 STC cards in every module.2. DUT Power supplies are configured for 200-240 volts ac.3. Calculated with 6 STC cards in the module.4. POTS and xDSL bays always require a separate power drop. Use the POTS/xDSL power options that is on the same line as the system power option.5. Values in brackets [ ] apply to Series 3 systems with serial numbers less than those listed in Table 10-6 on page 10-79.

Page 247: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-86

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2000)

Table 10-9 Series 3 and 79000 family power requirements (single-phase power)

E1135C Power Option Voltage Full-Load Amps (FLA)1 for:2

327X / 790003 317X 307X xDSL/POTS Bay4 Opts/CurrentTesthead Support Bay

Single-Phase Wye w/ Neutral

AWV 120 / 208

[25]5 20 [43] 24 [42] 28 [24] 15 AWY, 16

AWZ 127 / 220

[25] 20 [43] 24 [42] 28 [24] 15 AWZ, 16

05B 220 / 380

[18] 11 [21] 12 [37] 22 NA 05M, 14

05G 230 / 400

[18] 11 [21] 12 [37] 22 NA 05F, 14

05K 240 / 415

[18] 11 [21] 12 [37] 22 NA 05J, 14

Single-Phase Earthed 05M 220 [22] 20 [36] 24 [42] 28 [24] 15 14

05F 230 [22] 20 [36] 24 [42] 28 [24] 15 14

05J 240 [22] 20 [36] 24 [42] 28 [24] 15 14

L1 L2

GN

L1

NG

Page 248: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-87

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2000)

327X / 79000 317X 307X xDSL/POTS Bay Opts/Current

Single-Phase Non-Earthed

AWX 200 [NA] 20 [36] 24 [42] 28 [20] 15 AWY, 16

0EB 220 [NA] 20 [36] 24 [42] 28 [20] 15 0E3, 14

0EJ 230 [NA] 20 [36] 24 [42] 28 [20] 15 0EG, 14

0EC 240 [NA] 20 [36] 24 [42] 28 [20] 15 0EH, 14

Single-Phase Center-Tap Neutral

AWY 100 / 200

[25] 20 [43] 24 [43] 28 [24] 15 16

0E3 110 / 220

[25] 20 [43] 24 [43] 28 [24] 15 14

0EG 115 / 230

[25] 20 [43] 24 [42] 28 [24] 15 14

0EH 120 / 240

[25] 20 [43] 24 [42] 28 [24] 15 14

1. Calculated with a fully-loaded 3X7X system with 3 STC cards in every module.2. DUT Power supplies are configured for 200-240 volts ac.

Table 10-9 Series 3 and 79000 family power requirements (single-phase power) (continued)

E1135C Power Option Voltage Full-Load Amps (FLA)1 for:2

L1

L2G

L1

L2G

N

Page 249: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-88

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2000)

3. Calculated with 6 STC cards in the module.4. POTS and xDSL bays always require a separate power drop. Use the POTS/xDSL power options that is the same line as the system power

option.5. Values in brackets [] apply to Series 3 systems with serial numbers less than those listed in Table 10-6 on page 10-79.

Page 250: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-89

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2000)

Sizing The Input Wires And Circuit BreakersTo ensure adequate peak voltage for proper operation of the system power supply, two minimum requirements must be met:

� A system drop must be connected to an ac source with at least the minimum voltage.

� The wire used for the drop must be sized to handle rms loads with less than a 5 percent of nominal voltage drop between the ac source and the system.

Table 10-10 on page 10-91 (3-phase) and Table 10-11 on page 10-92 (single-phase) directs you to another table listing the correct wire sizes and also to the correct wiring diagams for each power option.

Using a wire that is too small can cause a larger voltage drop from the transformer to the 3070 system. This could mean that the peak voltage into the PDU is not sufficient for proper operation. If the ac source provides more than the minimum voltage, then the maximum voltage loss between the source and the system is not as critical.

CAUTION

✸All power configurations using a neutral are unbalanced, so there will be neutral current. Therefore, the neutral conductor must be the same size as the phase conductors.

NOTEThe wire sizes recommended in this chapter are for the SO cord from the receptacle to the system. The electrician has the responsibility to size the wire to the receptacle so that the voltage drop from the transformer to the Agilent 3070 system does not exceed 5 percent of the nominal voltage.

The SO power cord conductors between the system power receptacle and the system should be the wire size listed in Table 10-12 through Table 10-17. This allows for easy manageability when connecting to the PDU.

The wire sizes from the transformer to the receptacle are the responsibility of the electrician.

After locating the correct wire size and breaker size in the following tables, return to Connecting Power To The Testhead on page 10-90 for drawings showing how to connect the power to the PDU.

Page 251: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-90

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2000)

Connecting Power To The TestheadThe power options available for Agilent 3070 Series 3 / 79000 with E1135C PDUs are shown in Table 10-10 on page 10-91.

After following the lock-out, tag-out procedure,1 have your electrician verify the voltage selection straps and jumpers and connect the mains power to the PDU as shown on the indicated power installation diagram.

WARNING

✺Hazardous voltages, capable of causing injury or death, are present inside the PDU as long as "mains" power is connected.

On the E1135C PDU, locking the Mains Disconnect switch in the ’O’ position disconnects "mains" power from the loads. However, "mains" power remains at the input terminals of the Mains Disconnect switch.

Disconnect "mains" power from the PDU before working on the input side of the Mains Disconnect switch and follow the lock-out, tag-out procedure.

Working with "mains" power must be performed only by trained and qualified service personnel.

Holes are provided in the front, side and rear covers for wire egress. For safety, strain relief cable clamps (0400-0377) must be used on all wires routed through these holes. All unused holes must be blocked by filler plugs (6960-0177).

1 A “lock-out, tag-out procedure is used by electricians. The electrician turns the “mains” power switch off and places a hasp through the “mains” power switch. The hasp has holes for pad-locks. A tag is placed on the lock which provides information regarding who put the lock in place, the work being performed, when the lock was installed, when the lock will be removed, and the electrician’s supervisor. Only the electrician who installed the lock or the electrician’s supervisor (under certain circumstances) may remove the lock and turn the “mains” power switch on.

Page 252: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-91

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2000)

WARNING

✺To prevent the possibility of electrical shock, which could cause injury or death, always connect a "mains" power ground wire to the "G" chassis ground terminal in the PDU.

CAUTION

✸Do not turn on power at the external breaker. The Agilent representative will verify the power connection and the power itself before starting up the system.

NOTEIf the 3070 / 79000 system is moved to a different site, then the input and output wiring may need to be reconfigured. Refer to the PDU Upgrade Manual, E4030-90000.

Table 10-10 Series 3 and 79000 cross-reference tables (3-phase)

Description

E1135C Power Option Voltage

Wire and Breaker Size Table Number Wiring Diagram

3-Phase Wye w/ Neutral AWW 120 / 208 Table 10-12 on page 10-95 Figure 10-64 on page 10-104

05E 127 / 220 Table 10-12 on page 10-95 Figure 10-64 on page 10-104

0E5 220 / 380 Table 10-13 on page 10-96 Figure 10-63 on page 10-102

05L 230 / 400 Table 10-13 on page 10-96 Figure 10-63 on page 10-102

0E7 240 / 415 Table 10-13 on page 10-96 Figure 10-63 on page 10-102

L1

L3L2

N

G

Page 253: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-92

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2000)

3-phase Delta 0ED 200 Table 10-14 on page 10-97 Figure 10-65 on page 10-105

05C 220 Table 10-14 on page 10-97 Figure 10-65 on page 10-105

05H 230 Table 10-14 on page 10-97 Figure 10-65 on page 10-105

0E6 240 Table 10-14 on page 10-97 Figure 10-65 on page 10-105

Table 10-11 Series 3 and 79000 cross-reference tables (single-phase)

DescriptionE1135C Power Option Voltage

Wire and Breaker Size Table Number Wiring Diagram

Single-Phase Wye w/ Neutral

AWV 120 / 208 Table 10-16 on page 10-99 Figure 10-64 on page 10-104

AWZ 127 / 220 Table 10-16 on page 10-99 Figure 10-64 on page 10-104

05B 220 / 380 Table 10-15 on page 10-98 Figure 10-63 on page 10-102

05G 230 / 400 Table 10-15 on page 10-98 Figure 10-63 on page 10-102

05K 240 / 415 Table 10-15 on page 10-98 Figure 10-63 on page 10-102

Table 10-10 Series 3 and 79000 cross-reference tables (3-phase) (continued)

Description

E1135C Power Option Voltage

Wire and Breaker Size Table Number Wiring Diagram

L1

L3 L2

G

L1 L2

GN

Page 254: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-93

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2000)

Single-Phase Earthed 05M 220 Table 10-17 on page 10-100 Figure 10-67 on page 10-107

05F 230 Table 10-17 on page 10-100 Figure 10-67 on page 10-107

05J 240 Table 10-17 on page 10-100 Figure 10-67 on page 10-107

Single-Phase Non-Earthed

AWX 200 Table 10-17 on page 10-100 Figure 10-68 on page 10-108

0EB 220 Table 10-17 on page 10-100 Figure 10-68 on page 10-108

0EJ 230 Table 10-17 on page 10-100 Figure 10-68 on page 10-108

0EC 240 Table 10-17 on page 10-100 Figure 10-68 on page 10-108

Table 10-11 Series 3 and 79000 cross-reference tables (single-phase) (continued)

DescriptionE1135C Power Option Voltage

Wire and Breaker Size Table Number Wiring Diagram

L1

NG

L1

L2G

Page 255: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-94

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2000)

Single-Phase Center-Tap Neutral

AWY 100 / 200 Table 10-17 on page 10-100 Figure 10-66 on page 10-106

0E3 110 / 220 Table 10-17 on page 10-100 Figure 10-66 on page 10-106

0EG 115 / 230 Table 10-17 on page 10-100 Figure 10-66 on page 10-106

0EH 120 / 240 Table 10-17 on page 10-100 Figure 10-66 on page 10-106

Table 10-11 Series 3 and 79000 cross-reference tables (single-phase) (continued)

DescriptionE1135C Power Option Voltage

Wire and Breaker Size Table Number Wiring Diagram

L1

L2G

N

Page 256: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-95

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2000)

* Three current-carrying conductors** Four current-carrying conductors*** Pigtail required (Appendix 10, Connecting a Pigtail to the E1135C PDU.)

Table 10-12 3-Phase Wye with neutral (AWW, 05E)

System Type

xDSL / POTS Bay 327X / 79000 317X 307X

Breaker Size in Amps1

[20] 20 [20] 20 [30] 30 [60] 35

Wire Size mm2 (American Wire Gauge - AWG)2

[4 (12)]** 4(12) [4 (12)] 4(12)* [10(8)] 6(10)* [25 (4)]*** 10(8)1. Breaker size based on 125 percent of maximum rms current2. Wire size based on multiconductor cables

Page 257: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-96

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2000)

** Four current-carrying conductors

Table 10-13 3-Phase Wye with neutral (0E5, 05L, 0E7)

System Type

327X / 79000 317X 307X

Breaker Size in Amps1

[20] 20 [30] 30 [30] 30

Wire Size mm2 (American Wire Gauge - AWG)2

[4 (12)] 4(12)** [4 (12)] 4(12)** [10 (8)] 6(10)**1. Breaker size based on 125 percent of maximum rms current2. Wire size based on multiconductor cables

Page 258: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-97

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2000)

* Three current-carrying conductors** Four current-carrying conductors*** Pigtail required (Appendix 10, Connecting a Pigtail to the E1135C PDU.)

Table 10-14 3-phase delta (0ED, 05C, 05H, 0E6)

System Type

327X / 79000 317X 307X

Breaker Size in Amps1

[20] 20 [30] 30 [60] 35

Wire Size mm2 (American Wire Gauge - AWG)2

[4 (12)] 4(12)** [10(8)] 6(10)* [25 (4)]*** 6(10)1. Breaker size based on 125 percent of maximum rms current2. Wire size based on multiconductor cables

Page 259: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-98

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2000)

* Three current-carrying conductors*** Pigtail required (Chapter 10, Connecting a Pigtail to the E1135C PDU.)

Table 10-15 Single-phase Wye with neutral (05B, 05G, 05K)

System Type

327X / 79000 317X 307X

Breaker Size in Amps1

[30] 20 [30] 20 [50] 30

Wire Size mm2 (American Wire Gauge - AWG)2

[6 (10)] 4(12)* [6 (10)] 4(12)* [16 (6)]*** 6(10)1. Breaker size based on 125 percent of maximum rms current2. Wire size based on multiconductor cables

Page 260: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-99

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2000)

* Three current-carrying conductors*** Pigtail required (Appendix 10, Connecting a Pigtail to the E1135C PDU.)

Table 10-16 Single-Phase Wye with neutral (AWV, AWZ)

System Type

xDSL / POTS Bay 327X / 79000 317X 307X 307X Support Bay

Breaker Size in Amps1

[20] 20 [35] 30 [60] 30 [60] 35 [30] 20

Wire Size mm2 (American Wire Gauge - AWG)2

[4 (12)] 4(12)* [6 (10)] 6(10)* [16(6)] 6(10)*** [16 (6)]*** 10(8)* [6 (10)] 4(12)*1. Breaker size based on 125 percent of maximum rms current2. Wire size based on multiconductor cables

Page 261: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-100

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2000)

* Three current-carrying conductors*** Pigtail required (Chapter 10, Connecting a Pigtail to the E1135C PDU.)

Table 10-17 Single-phase non-earthed (AWX, 0EB, 0EJ, 0EC) - Single-phase with center tap neutral (AWY, 0E3,0EG, 0EH) - Single-phase earthed (05M, 05F, 05J)

System Type

xDSL / POTS Bay 327X / 79000 317X 307X 307X Support Bay

Breaker Size in Amps1

[20] 20 [35] 30 [60] 30 [60] 35 [30] 20

Wire Size mm2 (American Wire Gauge - AWG)2

[4 (12)] 4(12)* [6 (10)] 6(10)* [16(6)]*** 6(10)* [16 (6)]*** 10(8)* [6 (10)] 4(12)*1. Breaker size based on 125 percent of maximum rms current2. Wire size based on multiconductor cables

Page 262: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-101

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2000)

“Mains” Wiring DiagramsThe following diagrams show how the mains are wired. See the E1135C Power Distribution Unit Operating and Service Manual E1135-90001 for more information.

NOTESet the Voltage Selector switch (S1) on the Control Board to ’230V’ for all voltage options.

Page 263: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-102

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2000)

220/380–240/415 V 3-Phase Wye with Neutral (0E5, 05L, 0E7)

220/380–240/415 V Single-Phase Wye with Neutral (05B, 05G, 05K)

Figure 10-63 220/380-240/415 3-phase Wye with neutral (0E5, 05L, 0E7), 220/380-240/415 Single-phase Wye with neutral (05B, 05G, 05K)

L3L2L1 N

N 10A 10AG

1

0

T3T2T1

G

Connect InputLine here

Note: L3 is available only on 3-phase powerL1 L2

GN

L1

L3L2

N

G

Page 264: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-103

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2000)

120/208–127/220 V 3-Phase Wye with Neutral (AWW, 05E)

Page 265: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-104

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2000)

120/208–127/220 V Single-Phase Wye with Neutral (AWV, AWZ)

Figure 10-64 120/208–127/220 V 3-Phase Wye with neutral (AWW, 05E), 120/208–127/220 V Single-phase Wye with neutral (AWV, AWZ)

L3L2L1 N

N 10A 10AG

1

0

T3T2T1

G

Connect InputLine here

Note: Install jumper between T2 and T3 for Single-Phaseoption for E1135C.

* Neutral is required only for POTS and xDSL Bay

L1

L3L2

N*

G

L1 L2

GN*

Page 266: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-105

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2000)

200-240 3-phase Delta (0ED, 05C, 05H, 0E6)

Figure 10-65 200-240 3-phase delta (0ED, 05C, 05H, 0E6)

L3L2L1 N

N 10A 10AG

1

0

T3T2T1

G

Connect InputLine here

L1

L3 L2

G

Page 267: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-106

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2000)

100/200-120/240 V Single-Phase Center-Tap Neutral (AWY, 0E3, 0EG, 0EH)

Figure 10-66 100/200-120/240 V Single-phase center-tap neutral (AWY, 0E3, 0EG, 0EH)

L3L2L1 N

N 10A 10AG

1

0

T3T2T1

GJumper L2-L3

Connect InputLine here

L1

L2G

N

Page 268: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-107

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2000)

220–240 V Single-Phase Earthed (05M, 05F, 05J)

Figure 10-67 220–240 V Single-phase earthed (05M, 05F, 05J) Set

L3L2L1 N

N 10A 10AG

1

0

T3T2T1

G

Connect InputLine here

L1

NG

Page 269: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-108

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Series 3 Power Requirements and Connections (Prior to May 2000)

200–240 V Single-Phase Non-Earthed (AWX, 0EB, 0EJ, 0EC)

Figure 10-68 200–240 V Single-phase non-earthed (AWX, 0EB, 0EJ, 0EC)

L3L2L1 N

T3T2T1 N 10A 10AG

1

0

G

Jumper L2-L3

Connect InputLine here

L1

L2G

Page 270: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-109

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Tester Power Requirements (Series I/II)

Tester Power Requirements (Series I/II)

This section contains:

� Identifying the PDU/PDK Type, 10-109

� Connecting a Pigtail to the E1135C PDU, 10-112

� 44964A/B PDU Electrical Requirements, 10-113

� E1099A PDU Electrical Requirements, 10-114

� E1170-80003 PDK Electrical Requirements, 10-124

� E1131A PDU Electrical Requirements, 10-125

� Agilent 3070 Series II / 3 - E1135A/B Power Distribution Units, 10-128

CAUTION

✸For Agilent 3070 Series I, II systems, improper ac mains wiring is the most common site preparation problem. To avoid problems, you must verify the source and make sure that the system drop conductor is sized correctly.

NOTEThe references in this chapter to two-phase power assume that you will be using a one-phase, center-tapped main to obtain the two phases.

NOTEThe external mains breaker should be located close to the 3070 family system. Some high voltages are present in the test system even with the tester breaker off. Having the external breaker close to the system will allow service personnel to turn off all power quickly.

NOTEYou cannot accurately measure the input current of the system’s power supplies using conventional 50/60-hertz current probes because the input current waveforms are rich in harmonics. Any current-measuring instrument should have a bandwidth exceeding 10 kilohertz. Using improper instruments can yield results that are 50 percent less than actual. Also, current demand depends on the tests that are running on the system.

Identifying the PDU/PDK TypeThis section describes planning and wiring mains power to the system. Plan to have an electrician run the power drop for the mains power before the Agilent representative comes to install the system. Use Table 10-18 on page 10-110 to determine the type or types of PDU or PDK that your system will have. Electrical requirements and power options for each of these are described in the following sections.

Page 271: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-110

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Tester Power Requirements (Series I/II)

Table 10-18 Identifying PDU / PDK type

307X Series I System:

Shipped before 1/1/92: 44964A/B PDU See Figure 10-69 on page 10-144

Shipped 1/1/92 to 12/1/93: E1099A PDU See Figure 10-70 on page 10-145

Shipped after 12/1/93: E1131A PDU( See Figure 10-75 on page 10-155

317X Series I System:

All ship dates: E1170-80003 PDK See Figure 10-72 on page 10-149

3X7X Series II System:

Shipped before 7/7/95: E1131A PDU See Figure 10-75 on page 10-155

Shipped 7/7/95 - 11/21/96: E1135A PDU See Figure 10-76 on page 10-159 - Figure 10-80 on page 10-163

Shipped 11/21/96 - 9/4/98: E1135B PDU See Figure 10-76 on page 10-159 - Figure 10-80 on page 10-163

3X7X Series 3 System:

Shipped before 9/4/98: E1135B PDU See Figure 10-76 on page 10-159 - Figure 10-80 on page 10-163

Shipped after 9/4/98: E1135C PDU See Chapter 6, Site Preparation – Power Requirements

POTS Bay:

Shipped before 7/7/95: has an additional E1131A PDU See Figure 10-75 on page 10-155

Page 272: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-111

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Tester Power Requirements (Series I/II)

Shipped 7/7/95 - 9/17/98: has an additional E1135A/B PDU See Figure 10-76 on page 10-159 - Figure 10-80 on page 10-163

E1085A POTS Bay or E2195A xDSL Bay See Chapter 6, Site Preparation – Power Requirements or the E2195A xDSL and E1085A POTS Installation and Upgrade Manual, E1085-90000

Table 10-18 Identifying PDU / PDK type (continued)

Page 273: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-112

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Tester Power Requirements (Series I/II)

Connecting a Pigtail to the E1135C PDUThe E1135C PDU is the replacement for the E1131A, and E1135A/B PDUs. The input terminals on the E1135C on the mains disconnect switch easily fit conductor size 10 square millimeters (#8 AWG). It is strongly suggested that if the recommended conductor size1 in the following tables is greater than 10 square millimeters (#8 AWG), that a 450 mm (18-inches) to 609 mm (24-inches) pig tail be created using 10 square millimeters (#8 AWG) conductor, and the recommended larger cable be connected to the pigtail. See Connecting a Pigtail to the E1135C PDU on page 11-84.

1 It is difficult to fit conductor size 16 square millimeters (AWG 6) into the mains disconnect switch, and 25 square millimeters (AWG 4) will not fit. With an 450 mm (18-inches) to 690 mm (24-inches length pigtail, 10 square millimeters (#8 AWG) will safely carry the 3070 load)

Page 274: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-113

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Tester Power Requirements (Series I/II)

44964A/B PDU Electrical Requirements1

Table 10-19 on page 10-113 shows the electrical requirements and line configuration options for the 44964A/B PDU. Maximum current describes option OE3 (200V) current requirements for a system with all optional equipment; other power options and configurations will require less current. In option 0EF (208 Volts) only two of the three phases are used in an unbalanced configuration.

CAUTION

✸The two- and three-phase options are unbalanced. Therefore, the neutral conductor should be the same size as the line conductors. (Refer to Figure 10-69 on page 10-144.)

1 See the 44964B Power Distribution Unit Installation and Service Manual, 03066-90032) for more information.

Table 10-19 44964A/B PDU power options

Frequency: 47 to 63 Hz

Voltage:

Option 0E3 200 V (182–222 V rms) 1 phase neutral center tap

Option 0EF 208 V (189–230 V rms) 3 phase wye with neutral

Option 0EB 220-230 V (200–244 V rms) 1 phase no neutral

Option 0EG 110/220-115/230 V (200–244 V rms 1 phase neutral center tap

Option 0EC 240 V (218–266 V rms)1 phase neutral center tap 1 phase no neutral

Option 0EH 120/240 V (218–266 V rms) 1 phase neutral center tap

Maximum Total Current:

1 module 24 A

2 modules 36 A

3 modules 42 A

4 modules 50 A

Page 275: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-114

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Tester Power Requirements (Series I/II)

E1099A PDU Electrical RequirementsTable 10-20 on page 10-114 shows the electrical requirements and line configuration options for the E1099A PDU. Maximum current describes option OE3 (200V) current requirements for a system with all optional equipment; other power options and configurations will require less current. In option 0EF (208 Volts), all three phases are used in an unbalanced configuration. Table 10-21 on page 10-117 through Table 10-27 on page 10-123 provide a means of more

accurately calculating the power requirements for various system configurations with each power option.

CAUTION

✸The two- and three-phase options are unbalanced. Therefore, the neutral conductor should be the same size as the line conductors. (Refer to Figure 10-70 on page 10-145.)

Table 10-20 E1099A PDU power options

Frequency: 47 to 63 Hz

Voltage:

Option 0E3 200 V (182–222 V rms) 1 phase neutral center tap

Option 0EF 208 V (189–230 V rms) 3 phase wye with neutral

Option 0EB 220-230 V (200–244 V rms) 1 phase no neutral

Option 0EG 110/220-115/230 V (200–244 V rms) 1 phase neutral center tap

Option 0EC 240 V (218–266 V rms)1 phase neutral center tap 1 phase no neutral

Option 0EH 120/240 V (218–266 V rms) 1 phase neutral center tap

Maximum Total Current:

1 module 41 A

2 modules 60 A

3 modules 77 A

4 modules 96 A

Page 276: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-115

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Tester Power Requirements (Series I/II)

Table 10-21 on page 10-117 is an example that illustrates how to use Table 10-22 through Table 10-27. Each power option table specifies the current required for system devices in the left column; these currents have been calculated at 9 percent below nominal voltage (worst case). List the current for devices that will be part of the installed system in the column to the right. (The currents for single-phase and three-phase systems should be balanced as closely as possible by plugging the devices into the appropriate outlets as designated in the tables. Your system will be shipped from the factory configured for the best current balance that can be obtained.) Total the device currents listed in each column to obtain the current required for each phase of mains power.

Table 10-21 illustrates the current requirements of a typical two-module system operating on two-phase power. Note how the devices are allocated to different outlets to try to balance the currents of the center-tapped phase; as in this example, these currents sometimes can’t be balanced exactly. The total current required is

Page 277: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-116

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Tester Power Requirements (Series I/II)

36.2 amps (27.2 amps for Phase A to B, plus 9 amps for the larger of phase B to N or phase A to N currents.

Page 278: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-117

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Tester Power Requirements (Series I/II)

Table 10-21 E1099A option 0EG mains requirements example

Device Current (Amps) 115/230 Volts Single-Phase w/Center Tap

Left & Right Outlets J50-J53, J64-J71

Module 1 10.5 10.5

Module 2 10.5 10.5

Module 3 10.5

Module 4 10.5

+5 V STC P.S. #1 3.1 3.1

+5 V STC P.S. #2 3.1 3.1

+5 V STC P.S. #3 3.1

+5 V STC P.S. #4 3.1

Front Panel Outlets

J40,J41 - J44-J46 J42,J43 - J47-J49

DUT Power #1 6.0 6.0

DUT Power #2 6.0 6.0

DUT Power #3 6.0

DUT Power #4 6.0

Aux. Equipment 4.0 3.0 1.0

Controller/Peripherals 40.0

* Total current: 27.2 + 9 = 36.2 Phase A - B Phase B - N Phase A - N

Page 279: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-118

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Tester Power Requirements (Series I/II)

Table 10-22 E1099A option 0EB mains requirements

Device Current (Amps) 220 Volts Single-Phase

Module 1 10.5

Module 2 10.5

Module 3 10.5

Module 4 10.5

+5 V STC P.S. #1 3.1

+5 V STC P.S. #2 3.1

+5 V STC P.S. #3 3.1

+5 V STC P.S. #4 3.1

DUT Power #1 3.0

DUT Power #2 3.0

DUT Power #3 3.0

DUT Power #4 3.0

Aux. Equipment 2.0

Controller/Peripherals 20.0

* Total current:

Page 280: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-119

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Tester Power Requirements (Series I/II)

Table 10-23 E1099A option 0EC mains requirements

Device Current (Amps) 240 Volts Single-Phase

Module 1 9.6

Module 2 9.6

Module 3 9.6

Module 4 9.6

+5 V STC P.S. #1 2.9

+5 V STC P.S. #2 2.9

+5 V STC P.S. #3 2.9

+5 V STC P.S. #4 2.9

DUT Power #1 3.0

DUT Power #2 3.0

DUT Power #3 3.0

DUT Power #4 3.0

Aux. Equipment 2.0

Controller/Peripherals 20.0

* Total current:

Page 281: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-120

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Tester Power Requirements (Series I/II)

Table 10-24 E1099A option 0E3 mains requirements

Device Current (Amps) 100/200 Volts Single-Phase w/Center Tap

Left & Right Outlets J50-J53, J64-J71

Module 1 11.4 10.5

Module 2 11.4 10.5

Module 3 11.4

Module 4 11.4

+5 V STC P.S. #1 3.4 3.1

+5 V STC P.S. #2 3.4 3.1

+5 V STC P.S. #3 3.4

+5 V STC P.S. #4 3.4

Front Panel Outlets

J40,J41 - J44-J46 J42,J43 - J47-J49

DUT Power #1 6.0 6.0

DUT Power #2 6.0 6.0

DUT Power #3 6.0

DUT Power #4 6.0

Aux. Equipment 4.0 3.0 1.0

Controller/Peripherals 40.0

* Total current: Phase A - B Phase B - N Phase A - N

Page 282: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-121

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Tester Power Requirements (Series I/II)

Table 10-25 E1099A option 0EG mains requirements

Device Current (Amps) 115/230 Volts Single-Phase w/Center Tap

Left & Right Outlets J50-J53, J64-J71

Module 1 10.5

Module 2 10.5

Module 3 10.5

Module 4 10.5

+5 V STC P.S. #1 3.1

+5 V STC P.S. #2 3.1

+5 V STC P.S. #3 3.1

+5 V STC P.S. #4 3.1

Front Panel Outlets

J40,J41 - J44-J46 J42,J43 - J47-J49

DUT Power #1 6.0 6.0

DUT Power #2 6.0 6.0

DUT Power #3 6.0

DUT Power #4 6.0

Aux. Equipment 4.0 3.0 1.0

Controller/Peripherals 40.0

* Total current: Phase A - B Phase B - N Phase A - N

Page 283: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-122

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Tester Power Requirements (Series I/II)

Table 10-26 E1099A option 0EH mains requirements

Device Current (Amps) 120/240 Volts Single-Phase w/Center Tap

Left & Right Outlets J50-J53, J64-J71

Module 1 9.6

Module 2 9.6

Module 3 9.6

Module 4 9.6

+5 V STC P.S. #1 2.9

+5 V STC P.S. #2 2.9

+5 V STC P.S. #3 2.9

+5 V STC P.S. #4 2.9

Front Panel Outlets

J40,J41 - J44-J46 J42,J43 - J47-J49

DUT Power #1 6.0 6.0

DUT Power #2 6.0 6.0

DUT Power #3 6.0

DUT Power #4 6.0

Aux. Equipment 4.0 3.0 1.0

Controller/Peripherals 40.0

* Total current: Phase A - B Phase B - N Phase A - N

Page 284: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-123

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Tester Power Requirements (Series I/II)

Table 10-27 E1099A option 0EF mains requirements

Device Current (Amps) 115/230 Volts Single-Phase w/Center TapRight Outlets J50-J51 J64-J67

Left OutletsJJ52-J53, J68-J71

Module 1 11.0Module 2 11.0

Module 3 11.0Module 4 11.0

+5 V STC P.S. #1 3.3+5 V STC P.S. #2 3.3

+5 V STC P.S. #3 3.3+5 V STC P.S. #4 3.3

Front Panel Outlets J40,J41 - J44-J46 J42,J43 - J47-J49

DUT Power #1 6.0DUT Power #2 6.0

DUT Power #3 6.0DUT Power #4 6.0

Aux. Equipment 4.0Controller/Peripherals 40.0

* Total current: Ph B-C Ph C-A Ph B - N Ph A - N

Page 285: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-124

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Tester Power Requirements (Series I/II)

E1170-80003 PDK Electrical Requirements1

Table 10-28 shows the electrical requirements for Agilent 317X Series I systems.2 This table is valid for all power options. The power requirements are based on the maximum number of modules and DUT power supplies.

Verifying the AC InputBefore installing the "mains" drop for an E1170-80003 PDK, the ac source must be verified to assure that it is adequate to power the test system.

Sizing the Input Conductors and BreakersTo ensure adequate rms voltage for proper system power supply operation, a system drop connected to an ac source with the minimum voltage must be sized to handle rms current loads with less than a 5-percent drop between the ac source and the system. Using an inadequate conductor size can cause a voltage drop across the system drop. This could mean that the rms voltage into the PDK is not sufficient for proper operation. If the ac source provides more than the minimum voltage, then the maximum voltage loss between the source and the system is not as critical.

NOTEThe wire sizes recommended in this chapter are for the SO cord from the receptacle to the system. The electrician has the responsibility to size the service to the receptacle so that the voltage drop from the source to the 3070 system does not exceed 5-percent of the nominal voltage.

CAUTION

✸All power configurations using a neutral are unbalanced, so there will be neutral current. Therefore, make the neutral conductor the same size as the line conductors.

1 See the E1099A Power Distribution Unit Installation and Service Manual, E1099-90000, for more information.2 The E1170-80003 PDK was only used with 3170X systems, not 307X systems.

Page 286: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-125

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Tester Power Requirements (Series I/II)

E1131A PDU Electrical RequirementsTable 10-29 on page 10-126 and Table 10-30 on page 10-127 show the electrical requirements for 3070 Series I and II systems respectively, using the E1131A PDU. The tables are valid for all power options. The power requirements are based on the maximum number of modules and DUT power supplies available.

CAUTION

✸The voltage drop to the load must not exceed 5-percent of nominal for Single-phase and 3-phase power. With 3-phase options only two phases are loaded and the third is a without a load.

Verifying the AC InputBefore installing the "mains" drop for an E1131A PDU, the ac source must be verified to assure that it is adequate to power the test system.

Sizing the Input Conductors and BreakersTo ensure adequate peak voltage for proper system power supply operation, a system drop connected to an ac source with the minimum voltage must be sized to handle peak current loads with less than a 5-percent drop between the ac source and the system. Using the wrong conductor size can cause a larger voltage drop across the system drop. This could mean that the peak voltage into the PDU is not sufficient for proper operation. If the ac source provides more than the minimum voltage, then the maximum voltage loss between the source and the system is not as critical.

CAUTION

✸All power configurations using a neutral are unbalanced, so there will be neutral current. Therefore, make the neutral conductor the same size as the line conductors.

Table 10-28 E1170-80003 power requirements for all power options

System Type

317X

Full Load Amps (FLA)

29

Breaker Size in Amps

30

SO Cord Wire Size mm2 (AWG)

6 (10)

Page 287: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-126

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Tester Power Requirements (Series I/II)

NOTEThe wire sizes recommended in this chapter are for the SO cord1 from the receptacle to the system. The electrician has the responsibility to size the service to the receptacle so that the voltage drop from the source to the 3070 system does not exceed 5-percent of the nominal voltage.

1 SO - Service with Oil-resistant jacket

Table 10-29 3070 Series I, E1131A power requirements for all power options

317X 307X POTS Bay

Testhead (PDU #1) Support Bay (PDU #2)

Full Load Amps (FLA)

36 31 16 16

Breaker Size in Amps

40 40 20 20

SO Cord Wire Size mm2 (American Wire Gauge - AWG)

10 (8) 10 (8) 4 (12) 4 (12)

Page 288: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-127

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Tester Power Requirements (Series I/II)

Table 10-30 307X Series II, E1131A power requirements for all power options

317X 327X 307X POTS Bay

Uses E1135 Testhead (PDU #1) Support Bay (PDU #2)

Full Load Amps (FLA)

36 NA 31 16 16

Breaker Size in Amps

40 NA 40 20 20

SO Cord Wire Size mm2 (American Wire Gauge - AWG)

6 (10) NA 10 (8) 4 (12) 4 (12)

Page 289: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-128

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Tester Power Requirements (Series I/II)

Agilent 3070 Series II / 3 - E1135A/B Power Distribution UnitsThe E1135A and E1135B were used in all Series II 3070 systems, and in Series 3 3070 and 79000 systems shipped through September 1998.

If you are working on a system with an E1135C PDU, see Chapter 6, Site Preparation – Power Requirements.

This section provides minimum power requirements for 3070 family systems. For most installations, these requirements are sufficient. We suggest you review the next section, Verifying the AC Input on page 10-129, for additional information.

The 3070 family systems require ac electrical power supplied two ways:

1 AC mains power must be supplied to the system’s Power Distribution Unit (PDU). For all systems and power options except one, a customer-supplied power cord must be wired to the system’s PDU by an electrician.

2 For a 327X system using conductor and breaker option #0EF (3-phase Wye with neutral — 208V; see Table 10-32 on page 10-131) a power cord is supplied already wired to the PDU; this is the only system supplied with the power cord.

Agilent makes the following recommendations:

� A dedicated ac mains service should be provided for the test system due to the high current

requirements of the system (see Table 10-31 on page 10-130and Table 10-32 on page 10-131).

� Copper conductors should be used for the system drop.

� The service should have a breaker box installed near the system so that power can be quickly removed in case of an emergency.

� A 25.4-millimeter (1-inch) hole is provided on the PDU for the electrician to install a cable clamp and power cord. Agilent recommends the use of a power cord with a locking plug (one that cannot be easily pulled from its outlet) or a hard-wired connection. If the hole is too small to accommodate the conductors, use a chassis punch to enlarge the hole.

� The system input power connections on the PDU are made to an input connector block and the ground connection is to a terminal bolted to the chassis. These connectors can accept wire up to 10 square millimeters (#8 AWG). For ease of installation, in areas where it meets local code requirements, Agilent recommends that you use multi-strand conductor from a box to the PDU.

3 Convenience outlets must be located near the system for test development centers, test development stations, optional extra equipment bays, and the 44990A EFS Board Handler. Locate the outlets within one meter (three feet) of and directly behind the device. See Chapter 3, Site Preparation – Planning to plan the location of convenience outlets. All convenience outlets must supply 20 amps at

Page 290: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-129

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Tester Power Requirements (Series I/II)

100–127 volts or 10 amps at 200–240 volts, whichever is applicable.

The power requirements for 3070 Series II family systems with E1135A/B PDUs are shown in Table 10-31 on page 10-130 and Table 10-32 on page 10-131. The maximum current assumes fully loaded systems with Serial Test Card Power Supplies. Note that the operating frequency range for the 3070 family systems is 47–63 hertz when the nominal line frequency is 50 or 60 hertz.

Verifying the AC InputBefore installing the "mains" drop for an E1135A/B PDU, the ac source must be verified to assure that it is adequate to power the test system.

CAUTION

✸Improper ac mains wiring is the most common site preparation problem. To avoid problems, you must verify the source and verify that the system drop conductor is sized correctly.

NOTEYou cannot accurately measure the input current of the system’s power supplies using conventional 50/60-hertz current probes because the input current waveforms are rich in harmonics. Any current-measuring instrument should have a

bandwidth exceeding 10 kilohertz. Using improper instruments can yield results that are 50 percent less than actual. Also, current demand depends on the tests that are running on the system.

CAUTION

✸Ten thermally-activated circuit breakers designed to protect the output terminal block are located on the front of the E1135B PDU. Under normal operation, if a fault occurs, the rocker on the breaker will pop to the open position. The rocker can be reset by pushing it gently back in place. It is necessary to wait a few minutes for the breaker to cool before this can be done.

These breakers are not switches and must not be opened by force. If opened by force, permanent damage will result. Damage caused by intentionally opening the breaker is not covered by warranty.

Page 291: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-130

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Tester Power Requirements (Series I/II)

Table 10-31 3070 Series II family power requirements with E1135A/B PDU

System Power Option Voltage Full-Load Amps (FLA)1 for:2

327X 317X 307X3 xDSL/POTS Bay4 Opts/CurrentTesthead Support Bay

3-Phase Wye w/ Neutral 0EF (AWW) 120 / 208 15 23 42 15

05E 127 / 220 15 23 42 15

0E5 220 / 380 13 14 22 NA

05L 230 / 400 13 14 22 NA

0E7 240 / 415 13 14 22 NA

2-Phase Open Delta w/CT Neutral

05A 100 / 200 18 21 43 NA

1. Calculated with a fully-loaded 3X7X system with 3 STC cards in every module.2. DUT Power supplies are configured for 120 volts ac for Opt. 0EF, 05E and 05A. 0E5. 05L, 0E7 set to 240 volts ac.3. 2- and 3- phase 307X systems only require one PDU. Single Phase systems require one PDU for the testhead and one for the support bay.

L1

L3L2

N

G

Page 292: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-131

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Tester Power Requirements (Series I/II)

4. POTS and xDSL bays always require a separate power drop. Use the POTS/xDSL power options that is in the column below on the same line as the system power option.

Table 10-32 3070 Series II family power requirements with E1135A/B PDU

System Power Option Voltage Full-Load Amps (FLA)1 for:2

327X 317X 307X3 xDSL/POTS Bay4 Opts/CurrentTesthead Support Bay

Single-Phase Wye w/ Neutral

05B 220 / 380 18 21 37 NA

05G 230 / 400 18 21 37 NA

05K 240 / 415 18 21 37 NAL1 L2

GN

Page 293: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-132

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Tester Power Requirements (Series I/II)

Single-Phase Earthed 05M 220 22 36 42 24 15

05F 230 22 36 42 24 15

05J 240 22 36 42 24 15

Table 10-32 3070 Series II family power requirements with E1135A/B PDU (continued)

System Power Option Voltage Full-Load Amps (FLA)1 for:2

L1

NG

Page 294: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-133

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Tester Power Requirements (Series I/II)

327X 317X 307X3 xDSL/POTS Bay Opts/Current4Testhead Support Bay

Single-Phase Non-Earthed

AWX 200 NA 36 42 20 15

0EB 220 NA 36 42 20 15

0EJ 230 NA 36 42 20 15

0EC 240 NA 36 42 20 15

Single-Phase Center-Tap Neutral

AWY 100 / 200 25 43 42 24 15

0E3 110 / 220 25 43 42 24 15

0EG 115 / 230 25 43 42 24 15

0EH 120 / 240 25 43 42 24 15

1. Calculated with a fully-loaded 3X7X system with 3 STC cards in every module.2. DUT Power supplies are configured for 200-240 volts ac.3. 2- and 3- phase 307X systems only require one PDU. Single Phase systems require one PDU for the testhead and one for the support bay.

Table 10-32 3070 Series II family power requirements with E1135A/B PDU (continued)

System Power Option Voltage Full-Load Amps (FLA)1 for:2

L1

L2G

L1

L2G

N

Page 295: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-134

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Tester Power Requirements (Series I/II)

4. POTS and xDSL bays always require a separate power drop. Use the POTS/xDSL power options that is in the column below on the same line as the system power option.

Page 296: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-135

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Tester Power Requirements (Series I/II)

Sizing the Input Conductors and Circuit BreakersTo ensure adequate peak voltage for proper operation of the system power supply, two minimum requirements must be met:

� A system drop must be connected to an ac source with at least the minimum voltage.

� The conductor used for the drop must be sized to handle peak current loads with less than a 5-percent drop between the ac source and the system.

Use Table 10-33 on page 10-136 and Table 10-34 on page 10-137 to direct you to another table listing the correct conductor sizes. Using a conductor that is too small can cause a larger voltage drop across the system drop. This could mean that the peak voltage into the PDU is not sufficient for proper operation. If the ac source provides more than the minimum voltage, then the maximum voltage loss between the source and the system is not as critical.

CAUTION

✸All power configurations using a neutral are unbalanced, so there will be neutral current. Therefore, make the neutral conductor the same size as the line conductors.

NOTEThe wire sizes recommended in this chapter are for the SO cord from the receptacle to the system. The electrician has the responsibility to size the wire to the receptacle so that the voltage drop from the transformer to the 3070 system does not exceed 5-percent of the nominal voltage.

Page 297: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-136

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Tester Power Requirements (Series I/II)

Table 10-33 Conductor and breaker size cross reference table

System Power Option Voltage Wire and Breaker Size Table Number

3-Phase Wye w/ Neutral 0EF (AWW) 120 / 208 Table 10-35 on page 10-139

05E 127 / 220 Table 10-35 on page 10-139

0E5 220 / 380 Table 10-36 on page 10-139

05L 230 / 400 Table 10-36 on page 10-139

0E7 240 / 415 Table 10-36 on page 10-139

2-Phase Open Delta w/CT Neutral

05A 100/200 Table 10-37 on page 10-140

L1

L3L2

N

G

Page 298: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-137

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Tester Power Requirements (Series I/II)

Table 10-34 Conductor and breaker size cross reference table (single-phase options)

System Power Option Voltage Wire and Breaker Size Table Number

Single-Phase Wye w/ Neutral

05B 220 / 380 Table 10-38 on page 10-140

05G 230 / 400 Table 10-38 on page 10-140

05K 240 / 415 Table 10-38 on page 10-140

Single-Phase Earthed 05M 220 Table 10-40 on page 10-141

05F 230 Table 10-40 on page 10-141

05J 240 Table 10-40 on page 10-141

L1 L2

GN

L1

NG

Page 299: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-138

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Tester Power Requirements (Series I/II)

Single-Phase Non-Earthed

AWX 200 Table 10-41 on page 10-142

0EB 220 Table 10-41 on page 10-142

0EJ 230 Table 10-41 on page 10-142

0EC 240 Table 10-41 on page 10-142

Single-Phase Center-Tap Neutral

AWY 100 / 200 Table 10-39 on page 10-141

0E3 110 / 220 Table 10-39 on page 10-141

0EG 115 / 230 Table 10-39 on page 10-141

0EH 120 / 240 Table 10-39 on page 10-141

Table 10-34 Conductor and breaker size cross reference table (single-phase options) (continued)

System Power Option Voltage Wire and Breaker Size Table Number

L1

L2G

L1

L2G

N

Page 300: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-139

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Tester Power Requirements (Series I/II)

Table 10-35 3-phase wye with neutral (0EF, 05E)

System Type

POTS Bay 327X 317X 307X

Breaker Size in Amps

20 20 30 50

SO Cord Conductor Size mm2 (American Wire Gauge - AWG)

4 (12) 6 (10) 6 (10) 10 (8)

Table 10-36 3-phase wye with neutral (0E5, 05L, 0E7)

System Type

327X 317X 307X

Breaker Size in Amps

20 20 30

SO Cord Conductor Size mm2 (American Wire Gauge - AWG)

4 (12) 4 (12) 6 (10)

Page 301: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-140

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Tester Power Requirements (Series I/II)

Table 10-37 2-phase open delta with center tap of one phase (05A)

System Type

327X 317X 307X

Breaker Size in Amps

20 30 50

SO Cord Conductor Size mm2 (American Wire Gauge - AWG)

4 (12) 6 (10) 10 (8)

Table 10-38 Single-phase wye w/neutral (05B, 05G, 05K)

System Type

327X 317X 307X

Breaker Size in Amps

30 40 70

SO Cord Conductor Size mm2 (American Wire Gauge - AWG)

4 (12) 6 (10) 6 (10)

Page 302: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-141

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Tester Power Requirements (Series I/II)

Table 10-39 Single- phase with center tap neutral (AWY, 0E3, 0EG, 0EH)

System Type

POTS Bay 327X 317X 307X

Testhead Support Bay

Breaker Size in Amps

20 30 50 50 30

SO Cord Conductor Size mm2 (American Wire Gauge - AWG)

4 (12) 6 (10) 10 (8) 10 (8) 6 (10)

Table 10-40 Single-phase earthed (05M, 05F, 05J)

System Type

POTS Bay 327X 317X 307X

Testhead Support Bay

Breaker Size in Amps

20 25 50 50 30

SO Cord Conductor Size mm2 (American Wire Gauge - AWG)

4 (12) 6 (10) 10 (8) 10 (8) 6 (10)

Page 303: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-142

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Tester Power Requirements (Series I/II)

Table 10-41 Single-phase non-earthed (AWX, 0EB, 0EJ, 0EC)

System Type

POTS Bay 327X 317X 307X

Testhead Support Bay

Breaker Size in Amps

20 25 50 50 30

SO Cord Conductor Size mm2 (American Wire Gauge - AWG)

4 (12) 6 (10) 10 (8) 10 (8) 6 (10)

Page 304: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-143

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Connecting Mains Power To The System

Connecting Mains Power To The System

This section contains:

� Introduction, 10-143

� 44964A/B AC Mains Connection, 10-144

� E1099A AC Mains Connection, 10-145

� Connecting Power to the E1170-80003 PDK, 10-146

� Connecting Power to the E1131A PDU, 10-150

� Connecting Power to the E1135A/B PDU, 10-157

IntroductionHave your electrician connect the mains power to the PDU or PDK as shown on the power installation diagrams in the next few sections. Use Table 10-18 on page 10-110, to determine which figure should be used.

CAUTION

✸Do not turn on power at the external breaker. The Agilent representative will verify the power connection and the power itself before starting up the system.

NOTEThe electrician will not be able to measure true current to the system because power consumption is dependent on the testplan, and the crest factor of switching power supplies causes a non-sinusoidal waveform.

Page 305: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-144

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Connecting Mains Power To The System

44964A/B AC Mains Connection

Figure 10-69 44964A/B AC mains connection1

1 See the 44964B Power Distribution Installation and Service Manual, 03066-90032, for more information.

Page 306: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-145

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Connecting Mains Power To The System

E1099A AC Mains Connection

Figure 10-70 E1099A ac mains connection1

1

1 See the E1099A Power Distribution Installation and Service Manual, E1099-90000, for more information.

Page 307: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-146

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Connecting Mains Power To The System

Connecting Power to the E1170-80003 PDKRotate the testhead, if necessary, to access the top of the PDK. Using a T20 Torx driver, remove 6 screws to access the mains terminals as shown in Figure 10-71.

Page 308: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-147

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Connecting Mains Power To The System

Figure 10-71 Accessing the mains terminals in the E1170-80003 PDK

Page 309: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-148

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Connecting Mains Power To The System

Using a 1/4-inch flat blade screwdriver, connect the mains conductors to the mains terminals as shown in Figure 10-72.

Page 310: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-149

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Connecting Mains Power To The SystemFigure 10-72 Wiring the mains to the E1170-80003 PDK

Page 311: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-150

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Connecting Mains Power To The System

Connecting Power to the E1131A PDUFigure 10-73 shows the location of PDU #1 and PDU #2 in a 307X support bay.

Page 312: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-151

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Connecting Mains Power To The System

Figure 10-73 Locating E1131A PDU #1 and PDU #2

(Branch)

(Main)

Page 313: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-152

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Connecting Mains Power To The System

Using a T20 Torx driver, remove 5 screws to access the mains terminals as shown in Figure 10-74.

Page 314: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-153

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Connecting Mains Power To The System

Figure 10-74 Accessing the mains terminals in the E1131A PDU

Page 315: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-154

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Connecting Mains Power To The System

The Protective Earth Ground connector is provided for attaching an additional (redundant) ground conductor for safety in case the mains ground conductor should fail.

Using a 1/4-inch flat blade screwdriver, connect the mains conductors to the mains terminals as shown in Figure 10-75.

Page 316: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-155

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Connecting Mains Power To The SystemFigure 10-75 Wiring the mains to the E1131A PDU

Page 317: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-156

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Connecting Mains Power To The System

E1131A Main/Branch ConnectionThe Emergency Shutdown main/branch connections between the two PDUs in a 307X support bay are wired at the factory, so no wiring is necessary during installation.

However, if you have multiple 3070 / Series II family systems, and you want the Emergency Shutdown switch on one system to also shut down one or more other systems, some additional wiring is necessary. To implement parallel remote emergency shutdown, all systems must have E1131A PDUs; older PDUs do not have this capability. For wiring instructions, see the E1131A Power Distribution Unit Installation and Service Manual (E1131-90000).

WARNING

✺Hazardous voltages and currents may exist beneath the covers of the PDU, even when all PDU circuit breakers are in the "standby/off" position. To remove all power, remove ac mains to both PDUs.

NOTEThe voltage selector switch (S1) inside the PDU DOES NOT set the output voltage of the PDU. It sets the PDU’s remote shutdown circuitry for the appropriate input voltage range: 100–127 volts or 200–240 volts.

You must remove the PDU from the bay to wire the Emergency Shutdown wires. The access plate is on the rear of the PDU.

Page 318: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-157

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Connecting Mains Power To The System

Connecting Power to the E1135A/B PDUThe input power connections for each power option for the E1135A/B are shown in Table 10-42.

The Emergency Shutdown main/branch connections between the two PDUs in a 307X support bay are wired at the factory, so no wiring is necessary during installation.

However, if you have multiple 3070 / Series II family systems, and you want the Emergency Shutdown switch on one system to also shut down one or more other systems, some additional wiring is necessary. To implement parallel remote emergency shutdown, all systems must have E1131A or E1135A/B/C PDUs; older PDUs do not have this capability. For wiring instructions, see the E1135C Power Distribution Unit Operating and Service Manual, E1135-90001, section The Branch Control Function.

WARNING

✺Hazardous voltages and currents may exist beneath the covers of the PDU, even when all PDU circuit breakers are in the "standby/off" position. To remove all power, remove ac mains to both PDUs.

Table 10-42 E1135A/B PDU Wiring Diagrams

Power Option Diagram location

220/380–240/415 V 3-Phase Wye with Neutral (0E5, 05L, 0E7)220/380–240/415 V Single-Phase Wye with Neutral (05B, 05G, 05K)

Figure 10-76 on page 10-159

208 or 220 V 3-Phase Wye with Neutral (0EF, AWW, 05E)200V 2-Phase Open Delta with Phase Center-Tap Neutral (05A)

Figure 10-77 on page 10-160

200–240V Single-Phase Center-Tap Neutral (AWY, 0E3, 0EG, 0EH) Figure 10-78 on page 10-161

220–240V Single-Phase Earthed (05M, 05F, 05J) Figure 10-79 on page 10-162

200–240V Single-Phase Non-Earthed (AWX, 0EB, 0EJ, 0EC) Figure 10-80 on page 10-163

Page 319: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-158

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Connecting Mains Power To The System

NOTEThe voltage selector switch (S1) inside the PDU DOES NOT set the output voltage of the PDU. It sets the PDU’s remote shutdown circuitry for the appropriate input voltage range: 100–127 volts or 200–240 volts.

See the E1135C Power Distribution Unit Manual, E1135-90001, for the switch location.

NOTEFor all of the power options set the Voltage Selector switch (S1) on the Control Board to ‘230V’.

Page 320: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-159

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Connecting Mains Power To The System

220/380–240/415 V 3-Phase Wye with Neutral (0E5, 05L, 0E7)

220/380–240/415 V Single-Phase Wye with Neutral (05B, 05G, 05K)

Figure 10-76 220/380–240/415 V 3-phase wye with neutral (0E5, 05L, 0E7), 220/380–240/415 V single-phase wye with neutral (05B, 05G, 05K)

Connect InputLine here

L1

L3L2

N

G

L1 L2

GN

Note: L3 is available only on 3-phase power

Page 321: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-160

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Connecting Mains Power To The System

208 or 220 V 3-Phase Wye with Neutral (0EF, AWW, 05E)

200V 2-Phase Open Delta with Phase Center-Tap Neutral (05A)

Figure 10-77 208 or 220 V 3-phase wye with neutral (0EF, AWW, 05E), 200V 2-phase open delta with phase center-tap neutral (05A)

Connect InputLine here

L1

L3 L2

G

N

L1

L3L2

N

G

Page 322: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-161

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Connecting Mains Power To The System

200–240V Single-Phase Center-Tap Neutral (AWY, 0E3, 0EG, 0EH)

Figure 10-78 200–240V single-phase center-tap neutral (AWY, 0E3, 0EG, 0EH)

Connect InputLine here

L1

L2G

N

Page 323: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-162

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Connecting Mains Power To The System

220–240V Single-Phase Earthed (05M, 05F, 05J)

Figure 10-79 220–240V single-phase earthed (05M, 05F, 05J)

Connect InputLine here

L1

NG

Page 324: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 10-163

Chapter 10: Site Preparation – Power Requirements for Older Systems: Connecting Mains Power To The System

200–240V Single-Phase Non-Earthed (AWX, 0EB, 0EJ, 0EC)

Figure 10-80 200–240V single-phase non-earthed (AWX, 0EB, 0EJ, 0EC)

Connect InputLine here

L1

L2G

Page 325: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-1

11111111 Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion03066-90114 Rev. Z 06/2002

In this Chapter... � Introduction, 11-2

� Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure, 11-4

Page 326: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-2

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Introduction

Introduction This section contains:

� Introduction, 11-2

� Who Should do the Current Reduction Conversion?, 11-3

� What to Do in Case of Difficulty, 11-3

IntroductionThis chapter provides the information required to reconfigure the power subsystem of an Agilent 3070 Series 3 or 79000 which was shipped prior to June 1999 to have the same power requirements as 3070 / 79000 systems shipped after June 1999. This does not apply to 3070 Series I/II systems.

NOTEThis current reduction conversion procedure is NOT a warranty cost item. MTD does not recognize it as a problem, but it does offer the opportunity for the customer to reduce their current consumption, and the size of their service mains.

NOTEThe current reduction conversion uses the existing hardware. It does not have a product number.

For the serial numbers shown for each system type in Table 11-1, several changes were made which significantly reduced the current requirements. Several power options were also changed. See Facts about PDUs, MPUs and Power Options on page 6-41 for a list of important changes concerning PDUs, MPUs and power options which have occurred with 3070 Series 3 / 79000 products.

Table 11-1 Series 3 / 79000 current requirements reduction serial numbers

System Type 79000 327X 317X 307X

Testhead Product E2190A E9997A E9998A E9900A

Serial Numbers between

US38050109 and US38050101

US38240151 and US38240101

US38240242 and US38240101

US38240239 and US33240101

Page 327: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-3

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Introduction

The testhead product number and serial number are located on the rear, lower right side on the cross-member of the testhead.

Who Should do the Current Reduction Conversion?This current reduction conversion should only be installed by a 3070 / 79000 service-trained customer engineer (CE). Current reduction reconfiguration requires familiarity the electro-mechanical assemblies in the 3070 / 79000 testheads and xDSL/POTS bay.

WARNING

✺The hardware portion of this upgrade procedure should be performed only by a 3070 service-trained and qualified customer engineer. Voltages capable of causing bodily injury or death are present in the system.

What to Do in Case of DifficultyFor most problems, contact Agilent’s Measurement System Knowledge Center (MSKC). In the U.S. call 1-800-593-6635 with your MSKC support handle. Outside the U.S. call your local Agilent Service Representative to access the MSKC.

Page 328: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-4

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

This section contains:

Current Reduction Conversion Preview, 11-4

Schedule the Conversion, 11-5

Determine the System Type and Power Option, 11-5

Shut Down the System, 11-8

Set the DUT Power Supply’s Input Voltage, 11-9

Agilent 6621A and 6624A Line Voltage Settings, 11-9

Agilent 6634A Line Voltage Settings, 11-15

6634B Line Voltage Settings, 11-17

Agilent 6642A Line Voltage Settings, 11-18

Rewire the Inputs to the Outlets, 11-20

327X 1-Module System AC Outlets, 11-29

79000 1-Module System AC Outlets, 11-40

317X 2-Module System AC Outlets, 11-51

307X 4-Module 1-PDU System AC Outlets, 11-62

307X 4-Module 2-PDU System AC Outlets, 11-72

E1085 POTS Bay and E2195 xDSL Bay AC Outlets, 11-79

Reconnect the Loads, 11-84

Verify the System, 11-84

Complete the Conversion, 11-84

Connecting a Pigtail to the E1135C PDU, 11-84

Current Reduction Conversion Preview1 Schedule the Conversion

2 Determine the System Type and Power Option.

3 Shut Down the System.

4 Set the DUT Power Supply’s Input Voltage.

5 Locate the system type and power option diagram using Table 11-7 on page 11-21. Rewire the Inputs to the Outlets as shown for load balancing.

6 Reconnect the PDU to the Mains. Note that if the existing wiring is larger than 10 square millimeters (#8 AWG), a pigtail should be used. See the section Connecting a Pigtail to the E1135C PDU.

NOTEIf a replacement E1135C is being installed and the recommended wire size is greater than 10 square millimeters (#8 AWG), which is the largest wire size that will easily fit in the E1135C PDU, see the section Connecting a Pigtail to the E1135C PDU on page 11-84

7 Reconnect the Loads.

8 Verify the System.

9 Complete the Conversion.

Page 329: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-5

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Schedule the ConversionSchedule with the user approximately 4 hours when the system can be out of service.

Notify the customer that an electrician will need to be available for disconnecting the "mains" and re-wiring the "mains" after the conversion is complete. Schedule with the electrician when a reduced current power drop will be installed, and available for use. This may consist of an SO1 power cord and plug, or in some cases may require the electrician to hard wire the final connection to the system.

Verify that the electrician has the materials to connect a pigtail to the system if the incoming wire size exceeds 10 square millimeters (#8 AWG) and a new power drop is not being installed.

Determine the System Type and Power OptionSee Chapter 6 for full load amps (FLA), wire sizes and breaker sizes.

Determine the system type and power option of this system. On the rear of the 3070 system, on the serial number tag, is the E99XXA common testhead product number (CTPN). The 79000 does not have a CTPN but is identified as a 79000. Refer to Figure 11-1 on page 11-6, to identify the testhead product number which may be used to locate the correct tables in Chapter 6, Site Preparation – Power Requirements and throughout this procedure.

1 SO - Service with Oil-resistant jacket

Page 330: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-6

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion ProcedureFigure 11-1 Identifying the merchandising number

Series3+79K.wpg

Page 331: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-7

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

On the rear panel of the E1135C PDU is a panel, shown in Figure 11-2 on page 11-8, which indicates the voltage, number of phases, and full load amps (FLA), also called ARMS, for the PDU as it was originally specified. After completing this procedure, the FLA will be decreased to match the new power requirements.

Using this information, and the power option requirement for your country, determine the power option the PDU is configured for. If you are moving the system to a different location, you may want to reconfigure the system to a different power option.

See Table 10-8 on page 10-84 for the full load amps, wire sizes, and breaker sizes after this procedure is completed. Mark out the old value and add the new value on the ARMS line when the upgrade is complete.

Page 332: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-8

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Figure 11-2 Identifying the original 3070 power requirements

Shut Down the SystemExecute testhead power off. Shut down the controller.1

Volts AC

ARMS =Full LoadAmperes

Numberof Phases

MainsLabel1.wpg

1 Log in as superuser. Type: shutdown -h 0

Page 333: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-9

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Power down the system using the PDU on/off switch. Have the electrician disconnect the PDU from the "mains" and use the lock-out, tag out1 procedure to ensure that the power remains off.2

Set the DUT Power Supply’s Input VoltageEach DUT power supply’s input voltage should be set to 220 or 240 volts, as appropriate to the system being converted. Based on the power option of the system, determine the DUT supply line voltage using Table 11-2 on page 11-10 or Table 11-3 on page 11-11. Then proceed with the instructions for the model of DUT power supply you are installing on the pages that follow the table.

NOTEBeginning with the serial numbers shown Table 11-1 on page 11-2, all DUT power supplies in 3070 / 79000 systems are factory configured to 220 or 240 volts. The outlets where the DUT power supplies are connected may also have been modified as described in the following sections, as well as the Repair I Manual, E4000-90160, Chapter 1.

NOTEOption #05A is not available on the Corporate Price List (CPL) after June 1999. The DUT power supplies input voltage for Japanese systems are set to 220 volts at the factory and the neutral center tap is no longer used.

If Three-Phase Delta power (0ED) is not available, use the Single-Phase power option (AWY). 307X single-phase option AWY systems will require two power drops.

Agilent 6621A and 6624A Line Voltage SettingsThe 6621A and 6624A supplies can be set to accept ac input voltage of 100, 120, 220, or 240 volts by positioning the voltage selector card located inside of the line module. Figure 11-3 on page 11-13 shows the location of the power module.

1 A “lock-out, tag-out procedure is used by electricians. The electrician turns the “mains” power switch off and places a hasp through the “mains” power switch. The hasp has holes for pad-locks. A tag is placed on the lock which provides information regarding who put the lock in place, the work being performed, when the lock was installed, when the lock will be removed, and the electrician’s supervisor. Only the electrician who installed the lock or the electrician’s supervisor (under certain circumstances) may remove the lock and turn the “mains” power switch on.

2 In some cases this may mean unplugging the system.

Page 334: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-10

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Table 11-2 DUT power supply line voltage setting (three-phase)

System Power Option

Voltage DUT Supply Line Voltage

3-Phase Wye w/ Neutral AWW 120 / 208 220V

05E 127 / 220 220V

0E5 220 / 380 220V

05L 230 / 400 240V

0E7 240 / 415 240V

Three-Phase Delta 0ED 200 220V

05C 220 220V

05H 230 240V

0E6 240 240V

L1

L3L2

N

G

L1

L3 L2

G

Page 335: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-11

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Table 11-3 DUT power supply line voltage setting (single-phase)

System Power Option

Voltage DUT Supply Line Voltage

Single-Phase Wye w/ Neutral

AWV 120 / 208 220V

AWZ 127 / 220 220V

05B 220 / 380 220V

05G 230 / 400 240V

05K 240 / 415 240V

Single-Phase Earthed 05M 220 220V

05F 230 240V

05J 240 240V

L1 L2

GN

L1

NG

Page 336: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-12

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Single-Phase Non-Earthed

AWX 200 220V

0EB 220 220V

0EJ 230 240V

0EC 240 240V

Single-Phase Center-Tap Neutral

AWY 100 / 200 220V

0E3 110 / 220 220V

0EG 115 / 230 240V

0EH 120 / 240 240V

Table 11-3 DUT power supply line voltage setting (single-phase) (continued)

System Power Option

Voltage DUT Supply Line Voltage

L1

L2G

L1

L2G

N

Page 337: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-13

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Figure 11-3 6621A and 6624A line input power module location

The procedure for changing the input line voltage is as follows.

1 Remove the power card from the ac input socket on the back of the power supply.

2 To open the power module, move the plastic door on the module aside. If your line voltage change requires a change in rating of the fuse, rotate FUSE PULL to the left and remove the fuse (see Figure 11-4 on page 11-14).

3 Grasp the voltage selector PC board with a pair of needle-nose pliers and slide it out of its slot.

4 To select a voltage, orient the PC board so that the desired voltage appears on the top left side of the board (see Figure 11-4 on page 11-14). Push the board all the way back into its slot.

The desired line voltage must be visible through the module window when the board is installed.

rear662x.wpg

Line input power module

Page 338: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-14

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Figure 11-4 6621A and 6624A voltage select PC board

Vol

tage c

hoices

on bo

th sid

es

of pc

board

Voltage Select PC Board

Operating voltage is shown in module window

F1

6628pow.wpg

Line inputpower module

Page 339: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-15

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

5 Install the correct fuse in the door of the line module if your line voltage change also requires a change in the rating of the fuse (see Table 11-6 on page 11-19).

WARNING

✸Make sure the replacement fuse type (size) and rating (current, speed, and voltage) is consistent with the voltage level you are operating at. Using a substitute fuse could result in a fire hazard.

6 Close the door of the line module and insert the power cord in the ac input socket. Your power supply is now configured to operate at the voltage you selected.

Agilent 6634A Line Voltage SettingsThe 6634A supply can be set to accept 100, 120, 220 or 240 volts ac input. You can convert line voltage by setting three components: two line select switches (S2 and S3) and the rear panel fuse (F1). To convert the supply from one line voltage to another, proceed as follows:

1 Turn off the supply and use a #2 Pozidriv screwdriver to remove the top cover by removing five screws: two M5 on each side and one M4 on the rear panel.

2 Locate the line voltage select switches S2 and S3 (see Figure 11-5 on page 11-16).

Table 11-4 6621A and 6624A fuse requirements

Line Voltage Fuse Needed Part Number

100 / 120 V 8 AF/250V 2110-0342

220 / 240 V 4 AF/250V 2110-0055

Page 340: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-16

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Figure 11-5 6634A line voltage selection).

6632ps.wpg

C26

S2

S3U1

T1

U2

U3

TerminalBlock

Line Receptacle

GPIBConnector

Fuse (F1)

Page 341: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-17

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

3 Note that each switch has two positions. Representations of these positions are silkscreened on the PC board next to the switches. To change the line voltage, consult the silkscreen drawing and set the switches accordingly.

4 Check the rating of the fuse (F1) installed in the rear panel fuse holder and replace with the correct fuse if necessary. Use Table 11-5 to determine the proper fuse.

WARNING

✸Make sure the replacement fuse type (size) and rating (current, speed, and voltage) is consistent with the voltage level you are operating at. Using a substitute fuse could result in a fire hazard.

6634B Line Voltage SettingsThe 6634B supply is set at the factory for 120 volt line power. The 6634B supply can be set to accept 100, 120, 220 or 240 volts ac input by setting the jumpers on the power transformer as shown in Figure 11-6 on page 11-18.

1 Turn off power to the supply and disconnect the power cord from the power source.

2 Remove the four screws that secure the two carrying straps and outer cover.

3 Slightly spread the bottom rear of the cover and pull it back to disengage it from the unit.

4 Locate the ac input wiring harness on the left side of the transformer.

5 Use needle nose pliers and connect the ac input wiring harness according to the information in Figure 11-6 on page 11-18.

Table 11-5 6634A fuse requirements

Line Voltage Fuse Needed Part Number

100 / 120 V 4 AF/250V 2110-0055

220 / 240 V 2 AF/250V 2110-0002

Page 342: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-18

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Figure 11-6 6634B line voltage selection

Agilent 6642A Line Voltage SettingsThe 6642A supply can be set to accept 100, 120, 220 or 240 volts ac input by setting the line voltage select switches.

1 Turn off power to the supply and disconnect the power cord from the power source.

2 Remove the four screws that secure the two carrying straps and outer cover.

Page 343: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-19

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

3 Slightly spread the bottom rear of the cover and pull it back to disengage it from the front panel.

4 Slide the dust cover back far enough to expose the select switches (see Figure 11-7 on page 11-19).

Figure 11-7 6642A line voltage selection

5 Move the line voltage select switches to the positions corresponding to the desired line voltage.

6 Replace the top cover and secure the carrying straps.

7 Change the line fuse (on the rear panel) to the proper value for the new line voltage (see Table 11-6).

AC line voltageswitch settings

Table 11-6 6642A Fuse Requirements

Line Voltage Fuse Needed Part Number

100 V 6 AF/250V 2110-0056

120 V 5 AF/250V 2110-0010

220 / 230 / 340 V 3 AF/250V 2110-0003

Page 344: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-20

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

WARNING

✸Make sure the replacement fuse type (size) and rating (current, speed, and voltage) is consistent with the voltage level you are operating at. Using a substitute fuse could result in a fire hazard.

Rewire the Inputs to the OutletsTo wire the ac outlets in your system, start by finding the appropriate information as described below. If the power option you are looking for is not present in the table, it means that that option is not supported in that configuration:

1 Find the section in Table 11-7 on page 11-21 or Table 11-8 on page 11-24 that describes your system configuration: the number of modules, location of outlets, and number of PDUs, as well as the figure page number which describes your power option wiring:

2 Do NOT plug in the instruments, fans, etc. to the outlets at this time. This will be done after the voltages connected to the outlets are tested. Use the tables to verify the voltage from outlets or that devices are plugged into the correct outlets.

NOTEOption #05A is not available on the Corporate Price List (CPL) after June 1999. The DUT power supplies input voltage for Japanese systems are set to 220 volts at the factory and the neutral center tap is no longer used.

If Three-Phase Delta power (0ED) is not available, use the Single-Phase power option (AWY). 307X single-phase option AWY systems will require two power drops.

Page 345: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-21

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Table 11-7 Power option wiring cross-reference (three-phase)

Power ConfigurationPower Option

L-N Voltage/ L-L Voltage - Phases Testhead

Outlet Locations 327XFigure 11-8 on page 11-29

79000Figure 11-19 on page 11-40

317XFigure 11-30 on page 11-51

307XFigure 11-41 on page 11-62

Support Bay Outlet Location1-PDU: Figure 11-41 on page 11-622-PDU: Figure 11-51 on page 11-72

Telecom Bays E1085A POTS or E2195A xDSLFigure 11-58 on page 11-80

Page 346: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-22

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

3-Phase Wye w/ Neutral AWW 120 / 208 - 3 Figure 11-9 on page 11-30

Figure 11-20 on page 11-41

Figure 11-31 on page 11-52

Figure 11-42 on page 11-63, Figure 11-44 on page 11-65

with testhead AWV Figure 11-60 on page 11-82

05E 127 / 220 - 3 Figure 11-9 on page 11-30

Figure 11-20 on page 11-41

Figure 11-31 on page 11-52

Figure 11-42 on page 11-63, Figure 11-44 on page 11-65

with testhead AWZ Figure 11-60 on page 11-82

0E5 220 / 380 - 3 Figure 11-11 on page 11-32

Figure 11-22 on page 11-43

Figure 11-33 on page 11-54

Figure 11-45 on page 11-66, Figure 11-47 on page 11-68

with testhead 05M Figure 11-61 on page 11-83

05L 230 / 400 - 3 Figure 11-11 on page 11-32

Figure 11-22 on page 11-43

Figure 11-33 on page 11-54

Figure 11-45 on page 11-66, Figure 11-47 on page 11-68

with testhead 05F Figure 11-61 on page 11-83

0E7 240 / 415 - 3 Figure 11-11 on page 11-32

Figure 11-22 on page 11-43

Figure 11-33 on page 11-54

Figure 11-45 on page 11-66, Figure 11-47 on page 11-68

with testhead 05J Figure 11-61 on page 11-83

Table 11-7 Power option wiring cross-reference (three-phase) (continued)

Power ConfigurationPower Option

L-N Voltage/ L-L Voltage - Phases Testhead

L1

L3L2

N

G

Page 347: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-23

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Three-Phase Delta 0ED 200 - 3 Figure 11-9 on page 11-30

Figure 11-20 on page 11-41

Figure 11-31 on page 11-52

Figure 11-42 on page 11-63, Figure 11-44 on page 11-65

with testhead AWY Figure 11-61 on page 11-83

05C 220 - 3 Figure 11-9 on page 11-30

Figure 11-20 on page 11-41

Figure 11-31 on page 11-52

Figure 11-42 on page 11-63, Figure 11-44 on page 11-65

with testhead 0E3 Figure 11-61 on page 11-83

05H 230 - 3 Figure 11-9 on page 11-30

Figure 11-20 on page 11-41

Figure 11-31 on page 11-52

Figure 11-42 on page 11-63, Figure 11-44 on page 11-65

with testhead 0EG Figure 11-61 on page 11-83

0E6 240 - 3 Figure 11-9 on page 11-30

Figure 11-20 on page 11-41

Figure 11-31 on page 11-52

Figure 11-42 on page 11-63, Figure 11-44 on page 11-65

with testhead 0EH Figure 11-61 on page 11-83

Table 11-7 Power option wiring cross-reference (three-phase) (continued)

Power ConfigurationPower Option

L-N Voltage/ L-L Voltage - Phases Testhead

L1

L3 L2

G

Page 348: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-24

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Table 11-8 Power option wiring cross-reference (single-phase)

Power ConfigurationPower Option

L-N Voltage/ L-L Voltage - Phases Testhead

Outlet Locations 327XFigure 11-8 on page 11-29

79000Figure 11-19 on page 11-40

317XFigure 11-30 on page 11-51

307XFigure 11-41 on page 11-62

Support Bay Outlet Location1-PDU Figure 11-41 on page 11-622-PDU Figure 11-51 on page 11-72

Telecom Bays E1085A POTS or E2195A xDSLFigure 11-58 on page 11-80

Page 349: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-25

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Single-Phase Wye w/ Neutral

AWV 120 / 208 - 1 Figure 11-13 on page 11-34

Figure 11-24 on page 11-45

Figure 11-35 on page 11-56

Figure 11-52 on page 11-73

Figure 11-54 on page 11-75

AWV Figure 11-60 on page 11-82

AWZ 127 / 220 - 1 Figure 11-13 on page 11-34

Figure 11-24 on page 11-45

Figure 11-35 on page 11-56

Figure 11-52 on page 11-73

Figure 11-54 on page 11-75

AWZ Figure 11-60 on page 11-82

05B 220 / 380 - 1 Figure 11-15 on page 11-36

Figure 11-26 on page 11-47

Figure 11-37 on page 11-58

Figure 11-48 on page 11-69, Figure 11-50 on page 11-71

with testhead 05M Figure 11-61 on page 11-83

05G 230 / 400 - 1 Figure 11-15 on page 11-36

Figure 11-26 on page 11-47

Figure 11-37 on page 11-58

Figure 11-48 on page 11-69, Figure 11-50 on page 11-71

with testhead 05FFigure 11-61 on page 11-83

05K 240 / 415 - 1 Figure 11-15 on page 11-36

Figure 11-26 on page 11-47

Figure 11-37 on page 11-58

Figure 11-48 on page 11-69, Figure 11-50 on page 11-71

with testhead 05J Figure 11-61 on page 11-83

Table 11-8 Power option wiring cross-reference (single-phase) (continued)

Power ConfigurationPower Option

L-N Voltage/ L-L Voltage - Phases Testhead

L1 L2

GN

Page 350: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-26

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Single-Phase Earthed 05M 220 - 1 Figure 11-17 on page 11-38

Figure 11-28 on page 11-49

Figure 11-39 on page 11-60

Figure 11-55 on page 11-76

Figure 11-57 on page 11-78

Figure 11-61 on page 11-83

05F 230 - 1 Figure 11-17 on page 11-38

Figure 11-28 on page 11-49

Figure 11-39 on page 11-60

Figure 11-55 on page 11-76

Figure 11-57 on page 11-78

Figure 11-61 on page 11-83

05J 240 - 1 Figure 11-17 on page 11-38

Figure 11-28 on page 11-49

Figure 11-39 on page 11-60

Figure 11-55 on page 11-76

Figure 11-57 on page 11-78

Figure 11-61 on page 11-83

Table 11-8 Power option wiring cross-reference (single-phase) (continued)

Power ConfigurationPower Option

L-N Voltage/ L-L Voltage - Phases Testhead

L1

NG

Page 351: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-27

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Outlet locations 327XFigure 11-8 on page 11-29

79000Figure 11-19 on page 11-40

317XFigure 11-30 on page 11-51

307XFigure 11-41 on page 11-62

Support Bay Outlet Location1-PDU Figure 11-41 on page 11-622-PDU Figure 11-51 on page 11-72

Telecom Bays E1085A POTS or E2195A xDSLFigure 11-58 on page 11-80

Single-Phase Non-Earthed

AWX 200 - 1 Figure 11-13 on page 11-34

Figure 11-24 on page 11-45

Figure 11-35 on page 11-56

Figure 11-52 on page 11-73

Figure 11-54 on page 11-75

AWY Figure 11-60 on page 11-82

0EB 220 - 1 Figure 11-13 on page 11-34

Figure 11-24 on page 11-45

Figure 11-35 on page 11-56

Figure 11-52 on page 11-73

Figure 11-52 on page 11-73

0E3 Figure 11-60 on page 11-82

0EJ 230 - 1 Figure 11-13 on page 11-34

Figure 11-24 on page 11-45

Figure 11-35 on page 11-56

Figure 11-52 on page 11-73

Figure 11-52 on page 11-73

0EG Figure 11-60 on page 11-82

0EC 240 - 1 Figure 11-13 on page 11-34

Figure 11-24 on page 11-45

Figure 11-35 on page 11-56

Figure 11-52 on page 11-73

Figure 11-52 on page 11-73

0EH Figure 11-60 on page 11-82

Table 11-8 Power option wiring cross-reference (single-phase) (continued)

Power ConfigurationPower Option

L-N Voltage/ L-L Voltage - Phases Testhead

L1

L2G

Page 352: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-28

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Single-Phase Center-Tap Neutral

AWY 100 / 200 - 1 Figure 11-13 on page 11-34

Figure 11-24 on page 11-45

Figure 11-35 on page 11-56

Figure 11-52 on page 11-73

Figure 11-52 on page 11-73

Figure 11-60 on page 11-82

0E3 110 / 220 - 1 Figure 11-13 on page 11-34

Figure 11-24 on page 11-45

Figure 11-35 on page 11-56

Figure 11-52 on page 11-73

Figure 11-52 on page 11-73

Figure 11-60 on page 11-82

0EG 115 / 230 - 1 Figure 11-13 on page 11-34

Figure 11-24 on page 11-45

Figure 11-35 on page 11-56

Figure 11-52 on page 11-73

Figure 11-52 on page 11-73

Figure 11-60 on page 11-82

0EH 120 / 240 - 1 Figure 11-13 on page 11-34

Figure 11-24 on page 11-45

Figure 11-35 on page 11-56

Figure 11-52 on page 11-73

Figure 11-52 on page 11-73

Figure 11-60 on page 11-82

Table 11-8 Power option wiring cross-reference (single-phase) (continued)

Power ConfigurationPower Option

L-N Voltage/ L-L Voltage - Phases Testhead

L1

L2G

N

Page 353: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-29

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

327X 1-Module System AC Outlets

Figure 11-8 327X 1-module system AC outlets

Outlet 2

Testhead (Rear View)

Outlet 3

Outlet 1

Page 354: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-30

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion ProcedureFigure 11-9 327X 0ED, AWW, 05E, 05C, 05H 0E6

327xLLL.wpg

T1 T2 T3

CHECK COUNTRY CODE FOR FREQUENCY

Page 355: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-31

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Figure 11-10 327X 0ED, AWW, 05E, 05C, 05H 0E6

Page 356: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-32

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion ProcedureFigure 11-11 327X 0E5, 05L, 0E7

T1 T2 T3

327xLLLN.wpg

Page 357: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-33

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Figure 11-12 327X 0E5, 05L, 0E7

Page 358: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-34

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion ProcedureFigure 11-13 327X AWX, AWY, AWV,AWZ, 0EB, 0EJ, 0EC, 0E3, 0EG, 0EH

T1 T2 T3

327xLL.wpg

Page 359: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-35

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Figure 11-14 327X AWX, AWY, AWV,AWZ, 0EB, 0EJ, 0EC, 0E3, 0EG, 0EH

Page 360: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-36

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion ProcedureFigure 11-15 327X 05B, 05G, 05K

327xLLN.wpg

T1 T2 T3

Page 361: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-37

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Figure 11-16 327X 05B, 05G, 05K

Page 362: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-38

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion ProcedureFigure 11-17 327X 05M, 05F, 05J

327xLN.wpg

T1 T2 T3

Page 363: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-39

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Figure 11-18 327X 05M, 05F, 05J

Page 364: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-40

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

79000 1-Module System AC Outlets

Figure 11-19 79000 1-Module System

Outlet 2

Testhead (Rear View) E2190_ol.wpg

Outlet 1

Outlet 3

Page 365: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-41

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion ProcedureFigure 11-20 79000 0ED, AWW, 05E, 05C, 05H, 0E6

79LLL.wpgUnswitched(Fused)

Page 366: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-42

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Figure 11-21 79000 0ED, AWW, 05E, 05C, 05H, 0E6

Page 367: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-43

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion ProcedureFigure 11-22 79000 0E5, 05L, 0E7

79LLLN.wpgUnswitched(Fused)

Page 368: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-44

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Figure 11-23 79000 0E5, 05L, 0E7

Page 369: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-45

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion ProcedureFigure 11-24 79000 AWX, AWY, AWV, AWZ, 0EB, 0EJ, 0EC, 0E3, 0EG, 0EH

T1 T2 T3

79KLL.wpg

Page 370: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-46

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Figure 11-25 79000 AWX, AWY, AWV, AWZ, 0EB, 0EJ, 0EC, 0E3, 0EG, 0EH

Page 371: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-47

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion ProcedureFigure 11-26 79000 05B, 05G, 05K

79KLLN.wpg

T1 T2 T3

Page 372: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-48

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Figure 11-27 79000 05B, 05G, 05K

Page 373: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-49

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion ProcedureFigure 11-28 79000 05M, 05F, 05J

79KLN.wpg

Page 374: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-50

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Figure 11-29 79000 05M, 05F, 05J

Page 375: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-51

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

317X 2-Module System AC Outlets

Figure 11-30 317X 2-module system

Outlet 0

Testhead (Rear View)

Outlet 2

Outlet 3Outlet 1

Page 376: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-52

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion ProcedureFigure 11-31 317X 0ED, AWW, 05E, 05C, 05H, 0E6

317xLLL.wpg

T1 T2 T3

Page 377: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-53

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Figure 11-32 317X 0ED, AWW, 05E, 05C, 05H, 0E6

Page 378: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-54

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion ProcedureFigure 11-33 317X 0E5, 05L, 0E7

317xLLLN.wpg

T1 T2 T3

Page 379: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-55

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Figure 11-34 317X 0E5, 05L, 0E7

Page 380: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-56

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion ProcedureFigure 11-35 317X AWX, AWY, AWV, AWZ, 0EB, 0EJ, 0EC, 0E3, 0EG, 0EH

317xLL.wpg

T1 T2 T3

Page 381: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-57

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Figure 11-36 317X AWX, AWY, AWV, AWZ, 0EB, 0EJ, 0EC, 0E3, 0EG, 0EH

Page 382: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-58

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion ProcedureFigure 11-37 317X 05B, 05G, 05K

317xLLN.wpg

T1 T2 T3

Page 383: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-59

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Figure 11-38 317X 05B, 05G, 05K

Page 384: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-60

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion ProcedureFigure 11-39 317X 05M, 05F, 05J

317xLN.wpg

T1 T2 T3

Page 385: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-61

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Figure 11-40 317X 05M, 05F, 05J

Page 386: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-62

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

307X 4-Module 1-PDU System AC Outlets

Figure 11-41 307X 4-module 1-PDU system

Outlet 0

Support Bay(Rear View)

Testhead (Rear View)

Outlet 2

Outlet 3Outlet 1

Page 387: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-63

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion ProcedureFigure 11-42 3070 1-PDU 0ED, AWW, 05E, 05C, 05H,0E6

3070LLL_1.wpg

T1 T2 T3

Page 388: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-64

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Figure 11-43 3070 1-PDU 0ED, AWW, 05E, 05C, 05H,0E6

Page 389: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-65

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Figure 11-44 3070 1-PDU 0ED, AWW, 05E, 05C, 05H, 0E6

3070LLL_2.wpg

Page 390: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-66

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion ProcedureFigure 11-45 3070 1-PDU 0E5, 05L,0E7

3070LLLN_1.wpg

T1 T2 T3

Page 391: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-67

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Figure 11-46 3070 1-PDU 0E5, 05L,0E7

Page 392: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-68

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Figure 11-47 3070 1-PDU 0E5, 05L, 0E7

3070LLLN_2.wpg

Page 393: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-69

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion ProcedureFigure 11-48 3070 1-PDU 05B, 05G, 05K

3070LLN_1.wpg

T1 T2 T3

Page 394: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-70

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Figure 11-49 3070 1-PDU 05B, 05G, 05K

Page 395: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-71

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Figure 11-50 3070 1-PDU 05B, 05G, 05K

3070LLN_2.wpg

Page 396: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-72

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

307X 4-Module 2-PDU System AC OutletsBeginning with the release of Series 3, with 4-module 2-PDU systems, the DUT power supplies are connected directly to the E1135C PDU, and there are no outlet boxes in the support bay, as shown in Figure 11-51.

Since each of these options are single-phase, which outlet a DUT power supply connects to does not affect the load balance, but knowing where each power supply is plugged in helps when servicing the system.

Figure 11-51 307X 4-module 2-PDU system

Outlet 0

Support Bay(Rear View)

Testhead (Rear View)PDU

Branch

Main

Outlet 2

Outlet 3Outlet 1

5678

To Gnd

1234

To Gnd

See Table

See Table

See Table

See Table

Page 397: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-73

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion ProcedureFigure 11-52 3070 2-PDU AWX, AWY, AWV, AWZ, 0EB, 0E3, 0EJ,0EG, 0EC, 0EH

3070LL_1.wpg

T1 T2 T3

Page 398: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-74

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Figure 11-53 3070 2-PDU AWX, AWY, AWV, AWZ, 0EB, 0E3, 0EJ,0EG, 0EC, 0EH

Page 399: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-75

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion ProcedureFigure 11-54 3070 2-PDU AWX, AWY, AWV, AWZ, 0EB, 0E3, 0EJ, 0EG, 0EC, 0EH

3070LL_2.wpg

T1 T2 T3

CHECK COUNTRY CODEFOR FREQUENCY

Page 400: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-76

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion ProcedureFigure 11-55 3070 2-PDU 05M, 05F, 05J

3070LN_1.wpg

T1 T2 T3

Page 401: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-77

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Figure 11-56 3070 2-PDU 05M, 05F, 05J

Page 402: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-78

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion ProcedureFigure 11-57 3070 2-PDU 05M, 05F, 05J

T1 T2 T3

3070LN_2.wpg

Page 403: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-79

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

E1085 POTS Bay and E2195 xDSL Bay AC OutletsWhen the E1135C was introduced, the wiring of the E1085A POTS bay was modified by plugging the instruments in the POTS bay, except the Kikusui power supply, directly into the PDU. See the Telecom Theory and Repair Manual, Chapter 4, for additional information.

Page 404: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-80

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Figure 11-58 E1085A POTS / E2195A xDSL Bay with E1135C PDU

Outlet 1 -

LineFilter

PDU

MainsInput

5678

To Gnd

1234

To Gnd

See Table

See Table

See Table

See Table

Customer Instruments

Page 405: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-81

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion ProcedureFigure 11-59 E1085A POTS / E2195A xDSL AWW, 05E

E1085-E2195LLLN.wpg

120/127 Volt Externa l Instruments

Page 406: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-82

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion ProcedureFigure 11-60 E1085A POTS / E2195A xDSL AWY, AWV, AWZ, 0E3, 0EG, 0EH

E1085-E2195LLN.wpg

100/127 Volt External Instruments

Page 407: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-83

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion ProcedureFigure 11-61 E1085A POTS / E2195A xDSL 05M, 05F, 05J

E1085-E2195LN.wpg

220/240 Volt External Instruments

Page 408: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-84

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Reconnect the PDU to the MainsAfter the outlets are connected to the PDU(s) per the appropriate load balancing diagram, have the electrician re-connect the PDU to the mains. Refer to Chapter 6 to determine the appropriate wire size and breaker size. If the mains supply is larger than 10 square millimeters (#8 AWG), see the section Connecting a Pigtail to the E1135C PDU.

After the PDU has been connected to the mains and powered, measure that the outlets match the voltage shown in the appropriate diagram. If they do NOT match, fix the wiring error before proceeding to the next step and retest to verify that the power to each outlet is correct.

Reconnect the LoadsAfter turning off the PDU On/Off switch, using the appropriate wiring diagram, reconnect the loads as indicated. This will provide correct load balancing on each phase. Be sure to plug in the DUT power supplies, STC power supplies, fan power and all other connections in the outlets designated for that purpose.

Verify the SystemUse full diagnostics to verify that the system is functional. See the Repair I Manual, Chapter 2 for more information about diagnostics.

Complete the ConversionAfter verifying that the 3070 / 79000 and xDSL/POTS bay passes diagnostics, complete the conversion:

1 Route the cables neatly and secure them using cable ties where strain relief will be helpful.

2 Replace the covers on both the 3070 / 79000 testhead and xDSL/POTS bay.

3 Cross out the old FLA value on the back of the E1135C and write in the new FLA value from the appropriate table in Chapter 6.

NOTEThis current reduction conversion procedure is NOT a warranty cost item. MTD does not recognize it as a problem, but it does offer the opportunity for the customer to reduce their power consumption.

Connecting a Pigtail to the E1135C PDUThe E1135C PDU is the replacement for the E1131A, and E1135A/B PDUs. The input terminals on the E1135C on the mains disconnect switch easily fit wire size 10 square millimeters (#8 AWG). It is strongly suggested that if the recommended wire size is greater than 10 square millimeters (#8 AWG), that short power cord, 450 millimeters (18-inches) to 609 millimeters (24-inches), called a pigtail be created using 10 square millimeters (#8 AWG) wire, and the recommended larger wire size cable be connected to the receptacle which connects to the pigtail, as shown in Figure 11-62.

Page 409: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

© Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 11-85

Chapter 11: Site Preparation – Series 3 / 79000 Current Reduction Conversion: Series 3 Current Reduction Conversion Procedure

Figure 11-62 Using a pigtail with the E1135C PDU

3070 System

Pigtail.wp g

PD U

AC Source Voltage

Added Pow er Receptac le on a short pigtail if theE1135C PD U is used and the existing conductorsize of the power drop exceeds 102 mm (#8 AWG).

PowerReceptac le

Pigtail

CircuitBreakeror Fuses

Page 410: Agilent 3070 / 79000 Board Test Systems Site Preparation · 1997. 2. 25. · ©Agilent Technologies 1989–2002 Agilent 3070 / 79000 Site Preparation 1 Site Preparation – Legal

Printed in USA06/2002

03066-90114 Rev. Z